Mitsubishi PUMY-71VM, PUMY-71VM1, PUMY-71VM2, PUMY-125VM, PUMY-125VM1 Service Manual

SPLIT-TYPE, HEAT PUMP AIR CONDITIONERS

TECHNICAL & SERVICE MANUAL

Outdoor unit
[Model names] [Service Ref.]

PUMY-71VM PUMY-71VM

1999

No.OC183

REVISED EDITION-B

PUMY-71VM

1

PUMY-71VM2

PUMY-125VM PUMY-125VM

PUMY-125VM

1

PUMY-125VM2

PUMY-125YM PUMY-125YM

PUMY-125YM

PUMY-125YMA PUMY-125YMA

CONTENTS

1. TECHNICAL CHANGE ·····································2

2. OVERVIEW OF UNITS······································3

3. SPECIFICATIONS·············································6

4. DATA ·······························································12

5. OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS······················32

6. WIRING DIAGRAM·········································34

7.

NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION

8. TROUBLESHOOTING ····································54

9. ELECTRICAL WIRING····································89

10. REFRIGERANT PIPING TASKS ·····················93

11. DISASSEMBLY················································98

12. PARTS LIST ··················································103

1

···42

Revision:

• PUMY-71VM2, PUMY-125VM2, PUMY-125YM1,
PUMY-125YMA are added in Revised Edition-B.

• Please destroy OC183 Revised Edition-A.

1 TECHNICAL CHANGE

CHANGE POINTS

CONTENTS

OF

CHANGE

Outdoor unit Service Ref.
Base outdoor unit Service Ref.

PUMY-

71VM

2

71VM1

125VM2
125VM1

125YM1
125YM

FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR
FAN MOTOR

COMPRESSOR

HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR

SEPARATOR ASSY
MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD

3.5+ 3.0+
PA6V40-UB PU6V60-GB
PA6V40-UA PU6V60-GA
PA6V60-UC PU6V60-GB
PA6V60-UB PU6V60-GA
PA6V60-UE PU6V60-GD
PA6V60-UD PU6V60-GC
CHV253FAA EHV33FAG
EHV46FAA EHV46FAG
EHV46FAD EHV46FAK
Maker change
Substrate connection
wiring is attached.
Change in accordance with high pressure sensor.
Change in accordance with high pressure sensor.

Substrate connection
wiring is not provided.

( ) ( )

—
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

Change of the service parts. Refer to the parts list for the details.

ww

Only PUMY-125YMA is new model.

2

2 OVERVIEW OF UNITS

20
25
32
40
50
63
71

80
100
125

-

­32VKM
40VKM
50VKM
63VKM

­80VAM

100VAM
125VAM

20VLMD
25VLMD
32VLMD
40VLMD
50VLMD
63VLMD

-

80VLMD
100VLMD
125VLMD

20VML / VMM
25VML / VMM

32VML / VMM
40VMH / VMM
50VMH / VMM
63VMH / VMM
71VMH / VMM
80VMH / VMM

100VMH / VMM
125VMH / VMM

20VM
25VM
32VM
40VM
50VM
63VM
71VM

80VM
100VM
125VM

20VAM
25VAM
32VGM
40VGM
50VGM
63VFM

-

-

100VFM

-

20VLEM
25VLEM
32VLEM
40VLEM
50VLEM
63VLEM

-

-

-

-

20VLRM
25VLRM
32VLRM
40VLRM
50VLRM
63VLRM

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

40VGM

-

63VGM

-

­100VGM
125VGM

PLFY-P PLFY-P PEFY-P PDFY-P PKFY-P PCFY-P PFFY-P PFFY-P

Capacity

Model

Cassette Ceiling

4-way flow 2-way flow

20VBM
25VBM
32VBM
40VBM

-

-

-

-

-

-

PMFY-P

1-way flow

Ceiling

Concealed

Ceiling mounted

built-in

Ceiling

Suspended

Wall Mounted

Floor standing

Exposed Concealed

Remote

controller

Name

Model number

Functions

M-NET remote controller

PAR-F27MEA-E

• A handy remote controller for use in conjunction
with the Melans centralized management system.

• Addresses must be set.

• Addresses setting is not necessary.

•

Only the indoor unit for MA remote controller

(the end of model name is -A) can be used.

MA remote controller

PAR-20MAA-E

2-1. UNIT CONSTRUCTION

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit
that can be
connected

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit
that can be
connected

Capacity

Number of units

Total systemwide capacity

Capacity

Number of units

Total systemwide capacity

3HP

PUMY-71VM

2~4units

50~130% of outdoor unit capacity

3HP

PUMY-71VM
PUMY-71VM2

Type 20~Type 80

1~4units

50~130% of outdoor unit capacity

Type 20~Type 125

1

5HP

PUMY-125VM,PUMY-125YM

2~5units

5HP

PUMY-125VM1, PUMY-125YM
PUMY-125VM2, PUMY-125YM1

PUMY-125YMA

Type 20~Type 125

1~8units

CMY-Y62-C-E CMY-Y64-C CMY-Y68

Branching pipe
components

Branch header

(2 branches)

Branch header

(4 branches)

Branch header

(8 branches)

Decorative panel

3

CMY-S65

Multi distribution

Piping on outdoor

unit

(5 branches)

2-2. UNIT SPECIFICATIONS

P L F Y - P 80 V AM - A PU M Y - 125 Y M A

PAC type

AM
KM
M
KM
LMD

Frequency
conversion
controller

NEW frequency converter
one-to-many air conditioners
(flexible design type)

Indicates equivalent
to Cooling capacity

Indicates equivalent
to Cooling capacity

Power supply
V: Single phase
220/230/240V 50Hz
220V 60Hz

Power supply
V: Single phase
220/230/240V 50Hz
220V 60Hz
Y: 3-phase
380/400/415V 50Hz
380V 60Hz

L: Ceiling cassette
K: Wall-mounted type
E: Hidden skylight type
C: Ceiling suspended type
M: Ceiling cassette type

}

M-NET
control

M-NET control

MA control

Sub-number

Frequency
conversion
controller

Outdoor unit

MULTI-S

• Model 125 (5hp)..........For 5 rooms (VM)

...........For 8 rooms VM

1 YM

VM

2 YM1

YMA

( )

Service Ref.

w1

PUMY-71VM
PUMY-71VM

1

PUMY-71VM2 w2

w1

PUMY-125VM
PUMY-125VM

1

PUMY-125YM

w2

PUMY-125VM2
PUMY-125YM1
PUMY-125YMA

Capacity

Cooling (kW)
Heating (kW)

8.3

9.3

2.6

8.0

9.0

2.6

14.5

16.3

3.5

14.0

16.0

3.5Motor for compressor (kW)

Cooling
W.B. 15~24°C
D.B. -5~46°C

Heating
D.B. 15~27°C
W.B. -15~15.5°C

Indoor-side intake air temperature
Outdoor-side intake air temperature

(1) Outdoor Unit

Cooling / Heating capacity indicates the maximum value at operation under the following condition.

w1. Cooling Indoor : D.B. 27°C / W.B. 19.5°C

Outdoor : D.B. 35°C

Heating Indoor : D.B. 21°C

Outdoor : D.B. 9°C / W.B. 6°C

(2) Method for identifying MULTI-S model

■ Indoor unit < When using Model 80 >

w2. Cooling Indoor : D.B. 27°C / W.B. 19.0°C

Outdoor : D.B. 35°C

Heating Indoor : D.B. 20°C

Outdoor : D.B. 7°C / W.B. 6°C

■ Outdoor unit <When using model 125 >

(3) Operating temperature range

Notes D.B. : Dry Bulb Temperature

W.B. : Wet Bulb Temperature

4

2-3. SYSTEM LAYOUT

A

B

a

indoor

1

C

b

indoor

2

D

c

indoor

3

e

d

indoor

4

indoor

5

First branch

(branching connector)

Outdoor unit

71

25 25 40

125

80 40 40

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Type 20 ~ Type 80 Type 20 ~ Type 125

PUMY-71VM

PUMY-71VM

1

PUMY-71VM2

PUMY-125VM

PUMY-125VM

1

PUMY-125VM2
PUMY-125YM
PUMY-125YM

1

PUMY-125YMA

1~8 units

63~163

2~4 units

35~92

2~5 units

63~163

1~4 units

35~92

Indoor unit that can connected
Available capacity of indoor unit

Total capacity of units that can be included system
(50-130% of outdoor unit capacity)

2-3-1. System layout

One outdoor unit using branching connectors can be connected to a maximum of five or eight indoor units.

■ Examples of a branching method

2-3-2. Notes on the connection of indoor and outdoor units

Note: When the total capacity of indoor units exceeds the capacity of the outdoor unit (more than 100%), the rated power of

each indoor unit will be less when they are running simultaneously.

2-3-3. Capacity for outdoor unit

(1) Branching pipe

Model

CMY-Y62C-E

Branching connector

(2) Examples of System Construction (All models)

PIping method

Indoor units

CMY-Y64-C
CMY-Y68
CMY-S65

Outdoor unit

NUMBER OF BRANCHING POINTS

2
4
8
5

Total capacity of

indoor units.

PIping method

90

5

Indoor units

Outdoor unit

Total capacity of

indoor units.

160

3 SPECIFICATIONS

Item

Rated Cooling capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor
Starting current
Rated Heating capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor

Standard performance

External finish (Munsell colour-coded markings)
Dimensions H o W o D (Note 1)
Heat exchanger type

Compressor

Fan

Defrost method
Pressure gauge

Protection

Noise level
Weight

Refrigerant pipe size

Refrigerant

Note 1: External dimensions in parentheses indicate the dimensions of protruding parts.
Note 2: Rating conditions (JIS B 8615)

Heating Cooling

Starting current
Rated power supply

Model
Type o quantity
Starting method
Motor output
Capacity control
Daily cooling capacity
Heater <crankcase>
Refrigerating oil (Model)
Type o quantity
Airflow
Motor output

High pressure protection
Compressor protection
Blower protection

devices

Frequency converter circuit

Type o charge amount
Control method

Cooling : Indoor : D.B. 27: W.B. 19.5:

: Outdoor : D.B. 35: W.B. 24:

Heating : Indoor : D.B. 21:

: Outdoor : D.B. 7: W.B. 6:

Service Ref

Gas
Liquid

kcal/h

kW

A

%

A

kcal/h

kW

A

%

A

mm

kW

%

Legal tons

W

L

k/min

W

dB

kg

[ mm
[ mm

kg

7,100

3.50

17.5-16.7-16.0
91

15.0

8,000

3.65

18.2-17.4-16.7
91

15.0
Single phase 220-230-240V 50Hz

Molten-galvanized steel plate (with polyester coating), ivory white <5Y 8/1>

1280 o 900 o 320 (+30) 1280 o 1020 o 350 (+30)

CHV253FAA

Fully enclosed type o 1

Frequency converter start

2.6

Cooling 27-100% Heating 24-100%

1.1 (110Hz)
25-28-30

1.07 (MS56)
Propeller (direct) o 2

95

40 o 2

High pressure pressure sensor (3.0MPa)

Overheating, excessive current protection

52
93

15.88

9.52

R22 o 5

PUMY-125VM PUMY-71VM Unit

12,500

6.57

34.9-33.5-32.2
85

22.0

14,000

6.10

32.6-31.2-29.9
85

22.0

Crossover fin

EHV46FAA

3.5

Cooling 27-100% Heating 25-100%

1.9 (104Hz)
38-41-45

1.4 (MS32)

90

60 o 2

Reverse cycle

—

Thermal switch
Thermal switch

54

130

19.05

9.52

R22 o 8.5

Expansion valve

6

Item

Service Ref

Rated Cooling capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor
Starting current
Rated Heating capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor

Standard performance

Heating Cooling

Starting current

Rated power supply
External finish (Munsell colour-coded markings)
Dimensions H o W o D (Note 1)

Unit

kcal/h

kW

A

%

A

kcal/h

kW

A

%

A

mm

7,100

3.50 / 3.63

17.5-16.7-16.0 / 18.1
91

15.0

8,000

3.65 / 3.53

18.2-17.4-16.7 / 17.6
91

15.0

Single phase 220-230-240V 50Hz / 220V 60Hz

Molten-galvanized steel plate (with polyester coating), ivory white <5Y 8/1>

1280 o 900 o 320 (+30) 1280 o 1020 o 350 (+30)

Heat exchanger type

Model
Type o quantity
Starting method
Motor output
Capacity control

Compressor

Daily cooling capacity
Heater <crankcase>
Refrigerating oil (Model)
Type o quantity
Airflow

Fan

Motor output

kW

%

Legal tons

W

L

k/min

W

Cooling 27-100% Heating 24-100%

CHV253FAA

Fully enclosed type o 1

Frequency converter start

2.6

1.1 (110Hz)
—

1.07 (MS56)
Propeller (direct) o 2

95

40 o 2
Defrost method
Pressure gauge

High pressure protection

High pressure pressure sensor (3.0MPa)
Compressor protection
Blower protection

Protection

devices

Frequency converter circuit

Noise level
Weight

Refrigerant pipe size

Refrigerant

Type o charge amount
Control method

Gas
Liquid

dB

kg

[ mm
[ mm

kg

Overheating, excessive current protection

52
93

15.88

9.52

R22 o 5

Note 1: External dimensions in parentheses indicate the dimensions of protruding parts.
Note 2: Rating conditions (JIS B 8615)
Cooling: Indoor : D.B. 27: W.B. 19.5:

: Outdoor : D.B. 35: W.B. 24:

Heating : Indoor : D.B. 21:

: Outdoor : D.B. 7: W.B. 6:

Crossover fin

Cooling 27-100% Heating 25-100%

Reverse cycle

—

Thermal switch
Thermal switch

Expansion valve

PUMY-125VM

1 PUMY-71VM1

12,500

6.57 / 6.43

34.9-33.5-32.2 / 33.6
85 / 87

22.0

14,000

6.10 / 6.03

32.6-31.2-29.9 / 31.5
85 / 87

22.0

EHV46FAA

3.5

1.9 (104Hz)
—

1.4 (MS32)

90

60 o 2

54

130

19.05

9.52

R22 o 8.5

7

Item

Service Ref

Rated Cooling capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor
Starting current
Rated Heating capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor

Standard performance

Heating Cooling

Starting current

Rated power supply
External finish (Munsell colour-coded markings)
Dimensions H o W o D (Note 1)
Heat exchanger type

Model
Type o quantity
Starting method
Motor output
Capacity control
Daily cooling capacity

Compressor

Heater <crankcase>
Refrigerating oil (Model)
Type o quantity
Airflow

Fan

Motor output
Defrost method
Pressure gauge

High pressure protection

Compressor protection

Blower protection

Protection

devices

Frequency converter circuit
Noise level
Weight

Refrigerant pipe size

Refrigerant

Type o charge amount
Control method

Gas
Liquid

Unit

kW
kW

A

%

A
kW
kW

A

%

A

mm

kW

%

Legal tons

W

L

k/min

W

dB

kg

[ mm
[ mm

kg

2 PUMY-71VM2

8.0

3.50 / 3.63

17.5-16.7-16.0 / 18.1
91

15.0

9.0

3.65 / 3.53

18.2-17.4-16.7 / 17.6
91

15.0

PUMY-125VM

14.0

6.57 / 6.43

34.9-33.5-32.2 / 33.6
85 / 87

22.0

16.0

6.10 / 6.03

32.6-31.2-29.9 / 31.5
85 / 87

22.0

Single phase 220-230-240V 50Hz / 220V 60Hz

Molten-galvanized steel plate (with polyester coating), ivory white <5Y 8/1>

1280 o 900 o 320 (+30) 1280 o 1020 o 350 (+30)

Crossover fin

EHV33FAG

EHV46FAG

Fully enclosed type o 1

Frequency converter start

2.6

Cooling 36-100% Heating 32-100%

1.1 (83Hz)
—

1.4 (MS32)

Cooling 27-100% Heating 25-100%

3.5

1.9 (104Hz)
—

1.4 (MS32)

Propeller (direct) o 2

95

40 o 2

90

60 o 2

Reverse cycle

—

High pressure pressure sensor (3.0MPa)

Thermal switch
Thermal switch

Overheating, excessive current protection

52

102

15.88

9.52

R22 o 5

54

130

19.05

9.52

R22 o 8.5

Expansion valve

Note 1: External dimensions in parentheses indicate the dimensions of protruding parts.
Note 2: Rating conditions (JIS B 8616)
Cooling: Indoor : D.B. 27: W.B. 19.0:

: Outdoor : D.B. 35: W.B. 24:

Heating : Indoor : D.B. 20:

: Outdoor : D.B. 7: W.B. 6:

8

Item

Rated Cooling capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor
Starting current
Rated Heating capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor

Standard performance

External finish (Munsell colour-coded markings)
Dimensions H o W o D (Note 1)
Heat exchanger type

Compressor

Fan

Defrost method
Pressure gauge

Protection

Noise level
Weight

Refrigerant pipe size

Refrigerant
Note 1: External dimensions in parentheses indicate the dimensions of protruding parts.

Note 2: Rating conditions (JIS B 8615)
Cooling : Indoor : D.B. 27: W.B. 19.5:

Heating Cooling

Starting current
Rated power supply

Model
Type o quantity
Starting method
Motor output
Capacity control
Daily cooling capacity
Heater <crankcase>
Refrigerating oil (Model)
Type o quantity
Airflow
Motor output

High pressure protection
Compressor protection
Blower protection

devices

Frequency converter circuit

Type o charge amount
Control method

: Outdoor : D.B. 35: W.B. 24:

Heating : Indoor : D.B. 21:

: Outdoor : D.B. 7: W.B. 6:

Service Ref

Gas
Liquid

Unit

kcal/h

kW

A

%

A

kcal/h

kW

A

%

A

mm

kW

%

Legal tons

W

L

k/min

W

dB

kg

[ mm
[ mm

kg

3 phase 380-400-415V 50Hz

Molten-galvanized steel plate (with polyester coating), ivory white <5Y 8/1>

1280 o 1020 o 350 (+30)

Fully enclosed type o 1

Frequency converter start

Cooling 27-100% Heating 25-100%

Propeller (direct) o 2

High pressure pressure sensor (3.0MPa)

Overheating, excessive current protection

PUMY-125YM

12,500

5.95

9.6-9.1-8.8
94

8.0

14,000

5.58

9.0-8.6-8.3
94

8.0

Crossover fin

EHV46FAD

3.5

1.9 (104Hz)
—

1.4 (MS32)

90

60 o 2

Reverse cycle

—

Thermal switch
Thermal switch

54

127

19.05

9.52

R22 o 8.5

Expansion valve

9

Item

Rated Cooling capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor
Starting current
Rated Heating capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor

Standard performance

External finish (Munsell colour-coded markings)
Dimensions H o W o D (Note 1)
Heat exchanger type

Compressor

Fan

Defrost method
Pressure gauge

Protection

Noise level
Weight

Refrigerant pipe size

Refrigerant

Note 1: External dimensions in parentheses indicate the dimensions of protruding parts.
Note 2: Rating conditions (JIS B 8616)
Cooling : Indoor : D.B. 27: W.B. 19.0:

Heating Cooling

Starting current
Rated power supply

Model
Type o quantity
Starting method
Motor output
Capacity control
Daily cooling capacity
Heater <crankcase>
Refrigerating oil (Model)
Type o quantity
Airflow
Motor output

High pressure protection
Compressor protection
Blower protection

devices

Frequency converter circuit

Type o charge amount
Control method

: Outdoor : D.B. 35: W.B. 24:

Heating : Indoor : D.B. 20:

: Outdoor : D.B. 7: W.B. 6:

Service Ref

Gas
Liquid

Unit

kW
kW

A

%

A
kW
kW

A

%

A

mm

kW

%

Legal tons

W

L

k/min

W

dB

kg

[ mm
[ mm

kg

3 phase 380-400-415V 50Hz / 380V 60Hz

Molten-galvanized steel plate (with polyester coating), ivory white <5Y 8/1>

1280 o 1020 o 350 (+30)

Fully enclosed type o 1

Frequency converter start

Cooling 27-100% Heating 25-100%

Propeller (direct) o 2

High pressure pressure sensor (3.0MPa)

Overheating, excessive current protection

PUMY-125YM1

14.0

5.95

9.6-9.1-8.8 / 9.6
94

8.0

16.0

5.58

9.0-8.6-8.3 / 9.0
94

8.0

Crossover fin

EHV46FAK

3.5

1.9 (104Hz)
—

1.4 (MS32)

90

60 o 2

Reverse cycle

—

Thermal switch
Thermal switch

54

127

19.05

9.52

R22 o 8.5

Expansion valve

10

Item

Rated Cooling capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor
Starting current
Rated Heating capacity
Rated power consumption
Operating current
Operating power factor

Standard performance

External finish (Munsell colour-coded markings)
Dimensions H o W o D (Note 1)
Heat exchanger type

Compressor

Fan

Defrost method
Pressure gauge

Protection

Noise level
Weight

Refrigerant pipe size

Refrigerant
Note 1: External dimensions in parentheses indicate the dimensions of protruding parts.

Note 2: Rating conditions (JIS B 8616)
Cooling : Indoor : D.B. 27: W.B. 19.0:

Heating Cooling

Starting current
Rated power supply

Model
Type o quantity
Starting method
Motor output
Capacity control
Daily cooling capacity
Heater <crankcase>
Refrigerating oil (Model)
Type o quantity
Airflow
Motor output

High pressure protection
Compressor protection
Blower protection

devices

Frequency converter circuit

Type o charge amount
Control method

: Outdoor : D.B. 35: W.B. 24:

Heating : Indoor : D.B. 20:

: Outdoor : D.B. 7: W.B. 6:

Service Ref

Gas
Liquid

Unit

kW
kW

A

%

A
kW
kW

A

%

A

mm

kW

%

Legal tons

W

L

k/min

W

dB

kg

[ mm
[ mm

kg

3 phase 380-400-415V 50Hz

Molten-galvanized steel plate (with polyester coating), ivory white <5Y 8/1>

1280 o 1020 o 350 (+30)

Fully enclosed type o 1

Frequency converter start

Cooling 27-100% Heating 25-100%

Propeller (direct) o 2

High pressure pressure sensor (3.0MPa)

Overheating, excessive current protection

PUMY-125YMA

14.0

5.95

9.6-9.1-8.8
94

8.0

16.0

5.58

9.0-8.6-8.3
94

8.0

Crossover fin

EHV46FAK

3.5

1.9 (104Hz)
—

1.4 (MS32)

90

60 o 2

Reverse cycle

—

Thermal switch
Thermal switch

54

127

19.05

9.52

R22 o 8.5

Expansion valve

11

4 DATA

Model 20

Model Number for indoor unit

Model Capacity

Kcal/h
kW w

20
22

Model 25

25
28

Model 32

32
36

Model 40

40
45

Model 50

50
56

Model 63

63
71

Model 71

71
80

Model 80

80
90

Model 100

100

112

Model 125

125
140

4-1. COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY AND CHARACTERISTICS

4-1-1. Method for obtaining system cooling and heating capacity:

To obtain the system cooling and heating capacity and the electrical characteristics of the outdoor unit, first add up the ratings
of all the indoor units connected to the outdoor unit (see table below), and then use this total to find the standard capacity with
the help of the tables on p.13~27.

(1) Capacity of indoor unit

w : Model of indoor unit “–A”

(2) Sample calculation

1System assembled from indoor and outdoor unit (in this example the total capacity of the indoor units is greater than that of
the outdoor unit)

• Outdoor unit PUMY-125YM

• Indoor unit PKFY-P25VAM o 2 , PLFY-P50VLMD o 2

2According to the conditions in 1, the total capacity of the indoor unit will be: 25 o 2 + 50 o 2 = 150
3The following figures are obtained from the 150 total capacity row of the standard capacity table (p.23):

Capacity (kcal/h)

Cooling

13,026

AB

Heating

14,288

Outdoor unit power consumption (kW)

Cooling

6.15

Heating

5.98

Outdoor unit current (A)

Cooling

9.4

Heating

9.2

4-1-2. Method for obtaining the heating and cooling capacity of an indoor unit:

(1) The capacity of each indoor unit (kcal/h) = the capacity A(or B) o

(2) Sample calculation (using the system described above in 4-1-1. (2) ):

During cooling: During heating:

• The total model capacity of the indoor unit is:
25 o 2 + 50 o 2=150kcal/h
Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P25VAM and
PLFY-P50VLMD will be calculated as follows by
using the formula in 4-1-2. (1):

Model 25=13,026 o = 2,171kcal/h

Model 50=13,026 o = 4,342kcal/h

25

150

50

150

• The total model capacity of indoor unit is:
28 o 2 + 56 o 2=168kcal/h
Therefore, the capacity of PKFY-P25VAM and PLFY­P50VLMD will be calculated as follows by using the for­mula in 4-1-2. (1):

Model 25=14,288 o = 2,381kcal/h

Model 50=14,288 o = 4,762kcal/h

total model capacity of all indoor units

model capacity

28

168

56

168

12

4-2. STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

• PUMY-71VM, PUMY-71VM1 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93

Capacity (kcal/h) Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling Heating

4000
4100
4200
4300
4400
4500
4600
4700
4800
4900
5000
5100
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
5900
6000
6100
6200
6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
7000
7100
7122
7144
7166
7189
7211
7223
7255
7277
7299
7322
7344
7366
7388
7410
7432
7455
7477
7499
7542
7543
7566
7588

4500
4610
4720
4830
4940
5050
5160
5270
5380
5490
5600
5715
5831
5946
6062
6177
6292
6408
6523
6638
6754
6869
6985
7100
7213
7325
7438
7550
7663
7775
7888
8000
8012
8024
8036
8049
8061
8073
8085
8097
8109
8121
8133
8146
8158
8170
8182
8194
8206
8218
8231
8243
8255
8267

Cooling Heating

2.02

2.07

2.12

2.17

2.22

2.27

2.31

2.36

2.41

2.46

2.51

2.55

2.59

5.64

2.69

2.74

2.79

2.83

2.88

2.93

2.98

3.02

3.07

3.11

3.16

3.21

3.26

3.31

3.36

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.51

3.51

3.52

3.52

3.53

3.53

3.54

3.54

3.55

3.55

3.56

3.56

3.57

3.57

3.58

3.58

3.59

3.60

3.60

3.61

3.61

2.41

2.45

2.49

2.53

2.58

2.63

2.67

2.71

2.75

2.79

2.83

2.87

2.92

2.96

3.00

3.04

3.08

3.12

3.16

3.20

3.24

3.28

3.31

3.35

3.39

3.42

3.46

3.49

3.54

3.58

3.61

3.65

3.64

3.63

3.61

3.60

3.58

3.57

3.55

3.54

3.52

3.51

3.48

3.47

3.45

3.44

3.42

3.41

3.39

3.38

3.36

3.35

3.33

3.32

220V, 50Hz

Cooling Heating

10.1

10.4

10.6

10.8

11.1

11.3

11.6

11.8

12.0

12.3

12.5

12.7

13.0

13.2

13.4

13.7

13.9

14.2

14.4

14.6

14.9

15.1

15.3

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.3

16.5

16.8

17.0

17.2

17.5

18.7

18.8

18.8

18.8

18.8

18.9

18.9

18.9

18.9

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.1

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.3

19.3

12.0

12.2

12.4

12.7

12.9

13.1

13.3

13.5

13.7

13.9

14.2

14.4

14.6

14.8

15.0

15.2

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.2

16.4

16.5

16.7

16.9

17.1

17.3

17.5

17.7

17.9

18.0

18.2

19.5

19.4

19.3

19.2

19.1

19.1

19.0

18.9

18.8

18.7

18.6

18.6

18.5

18.4

18.3

18.2

18.1

18.1

18.0

17.9

17.8

17.7

13

• PUMY-71VM1 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

10.8

11.0

11.2

11.5

11.7

11.9

12.1

12.3

12.5

12.7

12.9

13.1

13.3

13.5

13.7

13.9

14.1

14.3

14.5

14.7

14.9

15.1

15.2

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.1

16.3

16.5

16.7

16.8

17.0

17.2

17.3

17.5

17.6

17.6

17.6

17.5

17.4

17.4

17.3

17.2

17.1

17.1

17.0

16.9

16.9

16.8

16.7

16.6

16.6

16.5

16.4

16.4

16.3

16.2

16.2

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

Capacity (kcal/h) Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling Heating

Cooling Heating

Cooling Heating
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93

3500
3600
3700
3800
3900
4000
4100
4200
4300
4400
4500
4600
4700
4800
4900
5000
5100
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
5900
6000
6100
6200
6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
7000
7100
7122
7144
7166
7189
7211
7233
7255
7277
7299
7322
7344
7366
7388
7410
7432
7455
7477
7499
7521
7543
7566
7588

3906
4025
4144
4263
4381
4500
4610
4720
4830
4940
5050
5160
5270
5380
5490
5600
5715
5831
5946
6062
6177
6292
6408
6523
6638
6754
6869
6985
7100
7213
7325
7438
7550
7663
7775
7778
8000
8012
8024
8036
8049
8061
8073
8085
8097
8109
8121
8133
8146
8158
8170
8182
8194
8206
8218
8231
8243
8255
8267

1.86

1.91

1.96

2.01

2.06

2.10

2.15

2.20

2.25

2.30

2.35

2.40

2.45

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.64

2.69

2.74

2.79

2.84

2.89

2.94

2.99

3.04

3.09

3.13

3.18

3.23

3.28

3.33

3.38

3.43

3.48

3.53

3.58

3.63

3.63

3.64

3.64

3.65

3.65

3.66

3.66

3.67

3.67

3.68

3.68

3.69

3.69

3.70

3.70

3.71

3.71

3.72

3.73

3.73

3.74

3.74

2.11

2.15

2.19

2.24

2.28

2.33

2.37

2.41

2.45

2.50

2.54

2.58

2.62

2.66

2.70

2.74

2.78

2.82

2.86

2.90

2.94

2.98

3.02

3.06

3.09

3.13

3.17

3.20

3.24

3.28

3.31

3.35

3.38

3.42

3.46

3.49

3.53

3.52

3.51

3.49

3.48

3.46

3.45

3.43

3.42

3.40

3.39

3.37

3.36

3.34

3.33

3.31

3.30

3.28

3.27

3.25

3.24

3.22

3.21

9.6

9.8

10.1

10.3

10.6

10.8

11.0

11.3

11.5

11.8

12.0

12.2

12.5

12.7

13.0

13.2

13.4

13.7

13.9

14.2

14.4

14.6

14.9

15.1

15.3

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.3

16.5

16.7

17.0

17.2

17.4

17.7

17.9

18.1

18.2

18.2

18.2

18.2

18.3

18.3

18.3

18.3

18.4

18.4

18.4

18.4

18.5

18.5

18.5

18.5

18.6

18.6

18.6

18.6

18.7

18.7

220V, 60Hz

14

• PUMY-71VM2 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

w Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert

the valve into the kW model capacity following the table on page 12.

Total capacity of

w

indoor units(kW)

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104

Capacity (kW)

Cooling Heating

4.00

4.10

4.20

4.30

4.40

4.50

4.60

4.70

4.80

4.90

5.00

5.10

5.20

5.30

5.40

5.50

5.60

5.70

5.80

5.90

6.00

6.10

6.20

6.30

6.40

6.50

6.60

6.70

6.80

6.90

7.00

7.10

7.20

7.30

7.40

7.50

7.60

7.70

7.80

7.90

8.00

8.02

8.05

8.07

8.09

8.12

8.14

8.16

8.19

8.21

8.23

8.25

8.28

8.30

8.32

8.35

8.37

8.39

8.41

8.44

8.46

8.48

8.51

8.53

8.55

4.44

4.56

4.67

4.78

4.89

5.00

5.12

5.24

5.35

5.47

5.59

5.71

5.83

5.94

6.06

6.18

6.30

6.41

6.53

6.64

6.75

6.87

6.98

7.10

7.20

7.32

7.43

7.54

7.66

7.77

7.88

8.00

8.11

8.22

8.33

8.44

8.56

8.67

8.78

8.89

9.00

9.01

9.03

9.04

9.05

9.06

9.08

9.09

9.10

9.11

9.13

9.14

9.15

9.16

9.18

9.19

9.20

9.21

9.23

9.24

9.25

9.26

9.28

9.29

9.30

Power consumption (kW)

Cooling Heating

1.83

1.87

1.91

1.95

1.99

2.03

2.08

2.12

2.15

2.21

2.25

2.29

2.33

2.37

2.41

2.45

2.50

2.54

2.57

2.62

2.66

2.70

2.75

2.78

2.82

2.87

2.91

2.95

2.99

3.03

3.08

3.13

3.17

3.20

3.25

3.29

3.33

3.38

3.41

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.50

3.51

3.51

3.52

3.52

3.53

3.53

3.54

3.54

3.55

3.55

3.56

3.56

3.57

3.57

3.58

3.58

3.59

3.59

3.59

3.59

3.60

3.60

220V, 50Hz 220V, 60Hz

2.05

2.09

2.13

2.16

2.20

2.24

2.27

2.30

2.35

2.39

2.42

2.27

2.50

2.53

2.57

2.62

2.66

2.68

2.73

2.77

2.81

2.86

2.90

2.93

2.98

3.02

3.05

3.10

3.14

3.18

3.23

3.27

3.31

3.35

3.39

3.43

3.48

3.53

3.56

3.61

6.65

6.65

3.63

3.62

3.60

3.58

3.57

3.55

3.54

3.53

3.52

3.51

3.49

3.48

3.46

3.44

3.41

3.40

3.39

3.38

3.37

3.36

3.33

3.33

3.31

Current (A)

Cooling Heating

9.1

9.3

9.5

9.8

10.0

10.2

10.4

10.6

10.8

11.0

11.2

11.4

11.6

11.8

12.0

12.2

12.5

12.7

12.8

13.1

13.3

13.5

13.7

13.9

14.1

14.3

14.6

14.8

15.0

15.2

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.2

16.4

16.6

16.9

17.0

17.2

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.6

17.6

17.6

17.6

17.7

17.7

17.7

17.7

17.8

17.8

17.8

17.8

17.9

17.9

17.9

17.9

17.9

17.9

18.0

18.0

Power consumption (kW)

Cooling Heating

10.3

10.5

10.6

10.8

11.0

11.2

11.4

11.5

11.7

11.9

12.1

12.3

12.5

12.6

12.8

13.1

13.3

13.4

13.6

13.8

14.0

14.3

14.5

14.7

14.9

15.1

15.2

15.5

15.7

15.9

16.1

16.3

16.5

16.8

16.9

17.1

17.4

17.6

17.8

18.0

18.2

18.2

18.1

18.1

18.0

17.9

17.8

17.8

17.7

17.6

17.6

17.5

17.4

17.4

17.3

17.2

17.0

17.0

16.9

16.9

16.8

16.8

16.7

16.6

16.5

1.90

1.94

1.98

2.02

2.07

2.11

2.16

2.20

2.23

2.29

2.33

2.37

2.41

2.45

2.50

2.54

2.59

2.63

2.66

2.72

2.76

2.80

2.85

2.89

2.93

2.98

3.02

3.06

3.11

3.15

3.19

3.24

3.28

3.32

3.37

3.41

3.45

3.50

3.54

3.58

3.63

3.63

3.63

3.64

3.64

3.65

3.65

3.66

3.66

3.67

3.67

3.68

3.68

3.69

3.69

3.70

3.70

3.71

3.71

3.72

3.72

3.72

3.72

3.73

3.73

1.99

2.02

2.06

2.09

2.13

2.16

2.20

2.23

2.27

2.31

2.34

2.20

2.42

2.45

2.49

2.53

2.57

2.60

2.64

2.68

2.72

2.76

2.80

2.84

2.88

2.92

2.95

2.99

3.04

3.08

3.12

3.16

3.20

3.24

3.28

3.32

3.36

3.41

3.45

3.49

3.53

3.53

3.51

3.50

3.48

3.47

3.46

3.44

3.43

3.41

3.40

3.39

3.37

3.36

3.35

3.33

3.30

3.29

3.28

3.27

3.26

3.25

3.23

3.22

3.20

220V, 50Hz/60Hz

Current (A)

Cooling Heating

9.5

9.7

9.9

10.1

10.3

10.5

10.8

11.0

11.2

11.4

11.6

11.8

12.1

12.3

12.5

12.7

12.9

13.2

13.3

13.6

13.8

14.0

14.3

14.4

14.6

14.9

15.1

15.3

15.5

15.7

15.9

16.2

16.4

16.6

16.8

17.0

17.2

17.5

17.7

17.9

18.1

18.1

18.1

18.2

18.2

18.2

18.2

18.3

18.3

18.3

18.3

18.4

18.4

18.4

18.4

18.5

18.5

18.6

18.6

18.6

18.6

18.6

18.6

18.7

18.7

9.9

10.1

10.3

10.4

10.6

10.8

11.0

11.1

11.4

11.5

11.7

11.9

12.1

12.2

12.4

12.6

12.8

13.0

13.2

13.4

13.6

13.8

14.0

14.2

14.4

14.6

14.7

15.0

15.2

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.2

16.4

16.6

16.8

17.0

17.2

17.4

17.6

17.6

17.5

17.5

17.4

17.3

17.3

17.2

17.1

17.0

17.0

16.9

16.8

16.8

16.7

16.6

16.5

16.4

16.4

16.3

16.3

16.2

16.1

16.1

16.0

15

• PUMY-125VM, PUMY-125VM1 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

Capacity (kcal/h)

Cooling

6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
7000
7100
7200
7300
7400
7500
7600
7700
7800
7900
8000
8100
8200
8300
8400
8500
8600
8700
8800
8900
9000
9100
9200
9300
9400
9500
9600
9700
9800

9900
10000
10100
10200
10300
10400
10500
10600
10700
10800
10900
11000
11100
11200
11300
11400
11500
11600
11700
11800

Heating

7100
7213
7325
7438
7550
7663
7776
7888
8000
8111
8222
8333
8445
8556
8667
8778
8889
9000
9110
9220
9330
9440
9550
9660
9770
9880

9990
10100
10210
10320
10430
10540
10650
10760
10870
10980
11090
11200
11312
11424
11536
11648
11760
11872
11984
12096
12208
12320
12432
12544
12656
12768
12880
12992
13104
13216

Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling

2.74

2.78

2.83

2.87

2.92

2.96

3.01

3.06

3.11

3.16

3.21

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.51

3.57

3.62

3.67

3.73

3.78

3.84

3.89

3.95

4.01

4.07

4.13

4.19

4.25

4.31

4.37

4.43

4.50

4.56

4.62

4.68

4.75

4.81

4.88

4.95

5.02

5.08

5.15

5.22

5.29

5.35

5.43

5.50

5.57

5.64

5.72

5.79

5.86

5.94

6.02

Heating

2.88

2.92

2.97

3.01

3.07

3.11

3.15

3.20

3.24

3.29

3.33

3.38

3.43

3.47

3.52

3.57

3.61

3.66

3.71

3.76

3.80

3.85

3.90

3.96

4.01

4.06

4.11

4.16

4.21

4.26

4.31

4.36

4.41

4.46

4.51

4.57

4.62

4.67

4.72

4.78

4.84

4.89

4.95

5.00

5.05

5.11

5.16

5.22

5.27

5.33

5.38

5.44

5.50

5.55

5.61

5.68

Cooling

14.6

14.9

15.1

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.1

16.3

16.6

16.9

17.2

17.4

17.6

17.9

18.2

18.5

18.8

19.1

19.3

19.6

19.9

20.2

20.5

20.8

21.1

21.4

21.7

22.1

22.4

22.7

23.1

23.4

23.7

24.0

24.4

24.7

25.0

25.4

25.7

26.1

26.4

26.8

27.2

27.5

27.9

28.3

28.6

29.0

29.4

29.8

30.2

30.6

31.0

31.4

31.7

32.2

220V, 50Hz

Heating

15.4

15.6

15.9

16.1

16.4

16.6

16.8

17.1

17.3

17.6

17.8

18.1

18.3

18.6

18.8

19.1

19.3

19.6

19.9

20.1

20.3

20.6

20.9

21.2

21.4

21.7

22.0

22.2

22.5

22.8

23.0

23.3

23.6

23.9

24.1

24.5

24.7

25.0

25.3

25.6

25.9

26.1

26.5

26.7

27.0

27.3

27.6

27.9

28.2

28.5

28.8

29.1

29.4

29.7

30.0

30.3

16

• PUMY-125VM, PUMY-125VM1 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163

Capacity (kcal/h) Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling Heating

11900
12000
12100
12200
12300
12400
12500
12521
12542
12563
12584
12605
12626
12647
12668
12689
12710
12731
12753
12774
12795
12816
12837
12859
12879
12900
12921
12942
12963
12984
13005
13026
13047
13068
13089
13110
13131
13153
13174
13195
13216
13237
13258
13279
13300

13328
13440
13552
13664
13776
13888
14000
14012
14023
14035
14046
14058
14069
14081
14092
14104

14115
14127
14138
14150
14161
14173
14184
14196
14207
14219
14230
14242
14253
14265
14276
14288
14299

14311
14322
14334
14345
14357
14368
14380
14391
14403
14414
14426
14437

Cooling Heating

6.09

6.17

6.24

6.32

6.40

6.48

6.57

6.57

6.57

6.57

6.58

6.58

6.58

6.58

6.58

6.59

6.59

6.59

6.59

6.60

6.60

6.60

6.60

6.60

6.60

6.61

6.61

6.61

6.61

6.62

6.62

6.62

6.62

6.62

6.63

6.63

6.63

6.63

6.64

6.64

6.64

6.64

6.64

6.65

6.65

5.73

5.79

5.85

5.91

5.97

6.02

6.10

6.08

6.06

6.04

6.03

6.01

5.99

5.97

5.95

5.93

5.91

5.89

5.88

5.86

5.84

5.82

5.80

5.78

5.76

5.74

5.73

5.71

5.69

5.67

5.64

5.62

5.60

5.58

5.57

5.55

5.53

5.51

5.49

5.47

5.45

5.43

5.42

5.40

5.38

220V, 50Hz

Cooling Heating

32.6

33.0

33.4

33.8

34.2

34.6

34.9

34.9

34.9

34.9

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.6

35.6

30.6

30.9

31.3

31.6

31.9

32.2

32.6

32.5

32.4

32.3

32.2

32.1

32.0

31.9

31.8

31.7

31.6

31.5

31.4

31.3

31.2

31.1

31.0

30.9

30.8

30.7

30.6

30.5

30.4

30.3

30.2

30.1

30.0

29.9

29.8

29.7

29.6

29.5

29.4

29.3

29.2

29.0

29.0

28.9

28.8

17

• PUMY-125VM1 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

15.1

15.3

15.5

15.8

16.0

16.2

16.4

16.7

16.9

17.1

17.4

17.6

17.9

18.1

18.3

18.6

18.8

19.1

19.3

19.6

19.8

20.1

20.3

20.6

20.8

21.1

21.3

21.6

21.9

22.1

22.4

22.6

22.9

23.2

23.4

23.7

24.0

24.2

24.5

24.8

25.1

25.3

25.6

25.9

26.2

26.5

26.7

27.0

27.3

27.6

27.9

28.2

28.5

28.7

29.0

29.3

29.6

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

Capacity (kcal/h) Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling Heating

Cooling Heating

Cooling Heating
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119

2.68

2.72

2.77

2.81

2.86

2.90

2.95

2.99

3.04

3.09

3.14

3.18

3.23

3.28

3.33

3.38

3.44

3.49

3.54

3.59

3.65

3.70

3.76

3.81

3.87

3.92

3.98

4.04

4.10

4.16

4.22

4.28

4.34

4.40

4.46

4.52

4.58

4.65

4.71

4.78

4.84

4.91

4.97

5.04

5.11

5.18

5.24

5.31

5.38

5.45

5.52

5.60

5.67

5.74

5.81

5.89

5.96

2.85

2.89

2.94

2.98

3.03

3.07

3.11

3.16

3.20

3.25

3.29

3.34

3.39

3.43

3.48

3.53

3.57

3.62

3.67

3.72

3.76

3.81

3.86

3.91

3.96

4.01

4.06

4.11

4.16

4.21

4.26

4.31

4.36

4.41

4.46

4.52

4.57

4.62

4.67

4.73

4.78

7.83

4.89

4.94

4.99

5.05

5.10

5.16

5.21

5.27

5.32

5.38

5.44

5.49

5.55

5.61

5.66

14.2

14.4

14.6

14.9

15.1

15.3

15.6

15.8

16.1

16.3

16.5

16.8

17.1

17.3

17.6

17.8

18.1

18.4

18.7

18.9

19.2

19.5

19.8

20.1

20.4

20.7

20.9

21.2

21.5

21.9

22.2

22.5

22.8

23.1

23.4

23.7

24.1

24.4

24.7

25.1

25.4

25.7

26.1

26.4

26.8

27.1

27.5

27.8

28.2

28.5

28.9

29.3

29.6

30.0

30.4

30.8

31.2

6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
7000
7100
7200
7300
7400
7500
7600
7700
7800
7900
8000
8100
8200
8300
8400
8500
8600
8700
8800
8900
9000
9100
9200
9300
9400
9500
9600
9700
9800

9900
10000
10100
10200
10300
10400
10500
10600
10700
10800
10900
11000
11100
11200
11300
11400
11500
11600
11700
11800
11900

7100
7213
7325
7438
7550
7663
7775
7888
8000
8111
8222
8333
8445
8556
8667
8778
8889
9000
9110
9220
9330
9440
9550
9660
9770
9880

9990
10100
10210
10320
10430
10540
10650
10760
10870
10980

11090
11200
11312
11424
11536
11648
11760
11872

11984
12096
12208
12320
12432
12544
12656
12768
12880
12992
13104
13216
13328

220V, 60Hz

18

• PUMY-125VM1 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163

Capacity (kcal/h) Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling Heating

12000
12100
12200
12300
12400
12500
12521
12542
12563
12584
12605
12626
12647
12668
12689
12710
12731
12753
12774
12795
12816
12837
12858
12879
12900
12921
12942
12963
12984
13005
13026
13047
13068
13089

13110
13131
13153
13174
13195
13216
13237
13258
13279
13300

13440
13552
13664
13776
13888
14000
14012
14023
14035
14046
14058
14069
14081
14092
14104
14115
14127
14138
14150
14161
14173
14184
14196
14207
14219
14230
14242
14253
14265
14276
14288
14299
14311
14322
14334
14345
14357
14368
14380
14391
14403
14414
14426
14437

Cooling Heating

6.04

6.11

6.19

6.26

6.34

6.43

6.43

6.43

6.43

6.44

6.44

6.44

6.44

6.44

6.45

6.45

6.45

6.45

6.46

6.46

6.46

6.46

6.46

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.48

6.48

6.48

6.48

6.48

6.49

6.49

6.49

6.49

6.50

6.50

6.50

6.50

6.50

6.51

6.51

5.72

5.78

5.84

5.90

5.95

6.03

6.01

5.99

5.97

5.96

5.94

5.92

5.90

5.88

5.86

5.84

5.82

5.81

5.79

5.77

5.75

5.73

5.71

5.69

5.67

5.66

5.64

5.62

5.60

5.58

5.56

5.54

5.52

5.51

5.49

5.47

5.45

5.43

5.41

5.39

5.37

5.36

5.34

5.32

220V, 60Hz

Cooling Heating

31.5

31.9

32.3

32.7

33.1

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.6

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

29.9

30.2

30.5

30.8

31.1

31.5

31.4

31.3

31.2

31.1

31.0

30.9

30.8

30.7

30.6

30.5

30.5

30.4

30.3

30.2

30.1

30.0

29.9

29.8

29.7

29.6

29.5

29.4

29.3

29.2

29.1

29.0

28.9

28.8

28.7

28.6

28.5

28.4

28.3

28.2

28.1

28.0

27.9

27.9

19

• PUMY-125VM2 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

w Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert

the valve into the kW model capacity following the table on page 12.

Total capacity of

w

indoor units(kW)

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

Capacity (kW)

Cooling Heating

7.00

7.10

7.20

7.30

7.40

7.50

7.60

7.70

7.80

7.90

8.00

8.10

8.20

8.30

8.40

8.50

8.60

8.70

8.80

8.90

9.00

9.10

9.20

9.30

9.40

9.50

9.60

9.70

9.80

9.90

10.00

10.10

10.20

10.30

10.40

10.50

10.60

10.70

10.80

10.90

11.00

11.10

11.20

11.30

11.40

11.50

11.60

11.70

11.80

11.90

12.00

12.10

12.20

12.30

12.40

12.50

12.60

12.70

12.08

7.88

8.00

8.11

8.22

8.33

8.44

8.56

8.67

8.78

8.89

9.00

9.10

9.20

9.30

9.40

9.50

9.60

9.70

9.80

9.90

10.00

10.10

10.22

10.33

10.45

10.56

10.67

10.79

10.90

11.02

11.13

11.24

11.36

11.47

11.59

11.70

11.81

11.93

12.04

12.16

12.27

12.38

12.50

12.63

12.75

12.88

13.00

13.13

13.25

13.38

13.50

13.63

13.75

13.88

14.00

14.13

14.25

14.38

14.50

Power consumption (kW) Power consumption (kW)

Cooling

2.73

2.76

2.80

2.84

2.88

2.92

2.96

3.00

3.05

3.09

3.12

3.17

3.21

3.26

3.30

3.35

3.39

3.45

3.49

3.53

3.58

3.63

3.68

3.72

3.78

3.82

3.88

3.92

3.98

4.03

4.07

4.13

4.18

4.24

4.28

4.34

4.39

4.45

4.51

4.56

4.62

4.68

4.74

4.79

4.85

4.90

4.97

5.02

5.09

5.15

5.21

5.27

5.33

5.39

5.45

5.52

5.58

5.64

5.71

220V, 50Hz 220V, 60Hz

Current (A)

Heating

2.88

2.91

2.95

2.98

3.03

3.06

3.10

3.14

3.18

3.21

3.26

3.30

3.33

3.38

3.42

3.45

3.50

3.54

3.57

3.62

3.66

3.71

3.75

3.79

3.84

3.88

3.92

3.96

4.01

4.06

4.10

4.14

4.19

4.23

4.27

4.32

4.36

4.42

4.46

4.50

4.55

4.60

4.65

4.70

4.74

4.79

4.84

4.89

4.94

4.98

5.04

5.08

5.14

5.18

5.24

5.29

5.33

5.39

5.44

Cooling Heating

14.6

14.8

15.0

15.2

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.1

16.3

16.5

16.7

16.9

17.2

17.4

17.7

17.9

18.1

18.4

18.7

18.9

19.1

19.4

19.7

19.9

20.2

20.4

20.7

21.0

21.3

21.6

21.8

22.1

22.4

22.7

22.9

23.2

23.5

23.8

24.1

24.4

24.7

25.0

25.3

25.6

25.9

26.2

26.6

26.9

27.2

27.5

27.9

28.2

28.5

28.8

29.2

29.5

29.8

30.2

30.5

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.2

16.4

16.6

16.8

17.0

17.2

17.4

17.7

17.8

18.1

18.3

18.5

18.7

18.9

19.1

19.4

19.6

19.8

20.1

20.3

20.5

20.8

21.0

21.2

21.5

21.7

21.9

22.2

22.4

22.6

22.9

23.1

23.3

23.6

23.9

24.1

24.3

24.6

24.8

25.1

25.4

25.6

25.9

26.1

26.4

26.7

26.9

27.2

27.5

27.7

28.0

28.3

28.5

28.8

29.1

Cooling Heating

2.67

2.70

2.74

2.78

2.82

2.85

2.90

2.94

2.98

3.03

3.06

3.10

3.14

3.19

3.23

3.27

3.32

3.37

3.41

3.46

3.50

3.56

3.60

3.64

3.70

3.74

3.79

3.84

3.89

3.94

3.99

4.04

4.10

4.15

4.19

4.25

4.30

4.36

4.41

4.46

4.52

4.58

4.64

4.69

4.74

4.80

4.86

4.92

4.98

5.04

5.10

5.15

5.22

5.27

5.34

5.40

5.46

5.52

5.59

2.84

2.87

2.92

2.95

2.99

3.03

3.07

3.10

3.14

3.18

3.22

3.26

3.30

3.34

3.38

3.41

3.46

3.50

3.53

3.58

3.62

3.66

3.71

3.75

3.79

3.84

3.88

3.91

3.97

4.01

4.05

4.10

4.14

4.18

4.23

4.27

4.31

4.37

4.41

4.45

4.50

4.55

4.59

4.65

4.69

4.73

4.79

4.83

4.88

4.93

4.98

5.03

5.08

5.12

5.18

5.23

5.27

5.33

5.38

220V, 50Hz/60Hz

Current (A)

Cooling Heating

13.9

14.1

14.3

14.5

14.7

14.9

15.1

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.2

16.4

16.7

16.9

17.1

17.3

17.6

17.8

18.1

18.3

18.6

18.8

19.0

19.3

19.5

19.8

20.0

20.3

20.6

20.8

21.1

21.4

21.7

21.9

22.2

22.5

22.8

23.0

23.3

23.6

23.9

24.2

24.5

24.8

25.1

25.4

25.7

26.0

26.3

26.6

26.9

27.3

27.6

27.9

28.2

28.5

28.9

29.2

14.8

15.0

15.2

15.4

15.6

15.8

16.0

16.2

16.4

16.6

16.8

17.1

17.2

17.4

17.7

17.8

18.1

18.3

18.5

18.7

18.9

19.1

19.4

19.6

19.8

20.0

20.3

20.4

20.7

20.9

21.2

21.4

21.6

21.9

22.1

22.3

22.5

22.8

23.0

23.3

23.5

23.8

24.0

24.3

24.5

24.7

25.0

25.2

25.5

25.7

26.0

26.3

26.5

26.8

27.0

27.3

27.6

27.8

28.1

20

• PUMY-125VM2 STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

w Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert

the valve into the kW model capacity following the table on page 12.

Total capacity of

w

indoor units(kW)

129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

Capacity (kW)

Cooling Heating

12.90

13.00

13.10

13.20

13.30

13.40

13.50

13.60

13.70

13.80

13.90

14.00

14.02

14.04

14.06

14.08

14.10

14.12

14.15

14.17

14.19

14.21

14.23

14.25

14.27

14.30

14.32

14.34

14.36

14.38

14.40

14.42

14.45

14.47

14.49

14.51

14.53

14.55

14.57

14.60

14.62

14.64

14.66

14.68

14.70

14.72

14.75

14.77

14.79

14.81

14.83

14.85

14.87

14.89

14.63

14.75

14.88

15.00

15.13

15.25

15.38

15.50

15.63

15.75

15.88

16.00

16.01

16.02

16.03

16.04

16.06

16.07

16.08

16.09

16.10

16.12

16.13

16.14

16.15

16.16

16.17

16.19

16.20

16.21

16.22

16.23

16.25

16.26

16.27

16.28

16.29

16.31

16.32

16.33

16.34

16.35

16.36

16.38

16.39

16.40

16.41

16.42

16.44

16.45

16.46

16.47

16.48

16.50

Power consumption (kW) Power consumption (kW)

Cooling

5.77

5.84

5.91

5.97

6.04

6.11

6.17

6.24

6.30

6.37

6.45

6.57

6.58

6.58

6.58

6.59

6.59

6.59

6.60

6.60

6.60

6.61

6.61

6.61

6.61

6.63

6.63

6.63

6.64

6.64

6.64

6.65

6.65

6.65

6.66

6.66

6.66

6.66

6.67

6.67

6.67

6.68

6.68

6.68

6.69

6.69

6.69

6.70

6.70

6.70

6.70

6.71

6.71

6.71

220V, 50Hz 220V, 60Hz

Current (A)

Heating

5.50

5.54

5.60

5.65

6.71

6.76

5.82

5.86

5.91

5.97

6.02

6.10

6.09

6.07

6.05

6.03

6.01

6.00

5.98

5.97

5.95

5.94

5.91

5.89

5.88

5.86

5.85

5.83

5.82

5.79

5.77

5.76

5.74

5.73

5.71

5.70

5.67

5.65

5.64

5.62

5.61

5.59

5.58

5.55

5.53

5.52

5.50

5.49

5.47

5.46

5.43

5.41

5.40

5.38

Cooling Heating

30.9

31.2

31.6

31.9

32.3

32.7

33.0

33.4

33.7

34.1

34.5

34.9

35.2

35.2

35.2

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.3

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.4

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.5

35.6

35.6

35.6

35.6

35.7

35.7

35.7

35.7

35.7

35.7

35.8

35.8

35.8

35.8

35.8

35.8

35.8

35.9

35.9

35.9

29.4

29.6

29.9

30.2

30.5

30.8

31.1

31.2

31.6

31.9

32.2

32.6

32.6

32.4

32.3

32.3

32.2

32.1

32.0

31.9

31.8

31.7

31.6

31.5

31.5

31.3

31.3

31.2

31.1

31.0

30.9

30.8

30.7

30.6

30.5

30.5

30.3

30.2

30.2

30.0

30.0

29.9

29.8

29.7

29.6

29.5

29.4

29.3

29.2

29.2

29.1

28.9

28.9

28.8

Cooling Heating

5.65

5.72

5.78

5.85

5.91

5.98

6.04

6.11

6.17

6.24

6.31

6.43

6.44

6.44

6.44

6.45

6.45

6.45

6.46

6.46

6.46

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.48

6.48

6.48

6.49

6.49

6.49

6.51

6.51

6.51

6.52

6.52

6.52

6.52

6.53

6.53

6.53

6.54

6.54

6.54

6.55

6.55

6.55

6.56

6.56

6.56

6.56

6.57

6.57

6.57

5.44

5.48

5.53

5.59

5.64

5.70

5.75

5.79

5.85

5.90

5.95

6.03

6.02

6.00

5.98

5.97

5.94

5.93

5.91

5.90

5.88

5.87

5.85

5.82

5.81

5.79

5.78

5.76

5.75

5.73

5.71

5.70

5.67

5.66

5.64

5.63

5.61

5.59

5.58

5.55

5.54

5.52

5.51

5.49

5.47

5.46

5.44

5.42

5.40

5.39

5.37

5.35

3.34

5.32

220V, 50Hz/60Hz

Current (A)

Cooling Heating

29.5

29.9

30.2

30.5

30.9

31.2

31.6

31.9

32.2

32.6

33.0

33.6

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.7

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.8

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

33.9

34.0

34.0

34.0

34.0

34.0

34.0

34.0

34.1

34.1

34.1

34.2

34.2

34.2

34.2

34.2

34.2

34.3

34.3

34.3

34.3

34.3

34.3

34.3

28.4

28.6

28.9

29.2

29.5

29.8

30.0

30.3

30.5

30.8

31.1

31.5

31.4

31.3

31.2

31.2

31.1

31.0

30.9

30.8

30.7

30.7

30.5

30.4

30.4

30.3

30.2

30.1

30.0

29.9

29.8

29.8

29.6

29.6

29.5

29.4

29.3

29.2

29.1

29.0

29.0

28.9

28.8

28.7

28.6

28.5

28.4

28.3

28.2

28.2

28.1

27.9

27.9

27.8

21

• PUMY-125YM STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

Capacity (kcal/h)

Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

2.48

2.52

2.56

2.60

2.65

2.68

2.73

2.77

2.81

2.86

2.91

2.94

2.99

3.04

3.08

3.13

3.18

3.23

3.28

3.32

3.38

3.42

3.48

3.53

3.58

3.63

3.68

3.74

3.79

3.85

3.90

3.96

4.02

4.07

4.13

4.18

4.24

4.30

4.36

4.42

4.48

4.54

4.60

4.66

4.73

4.79

4.85

4.91

4.98

5.04

5.11

5.18

5.25

5.31

5.38

5.45

2.64

2.67

2.72

2.76

2.80

2.84

2.88

2.92

2.96

3.01

3.04

3.09

3.14

3.17

3.22

3.27

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.44

3.48

3.53

3.57

3.62

3.66

3.71

3.76

3.80

3.85

3.90

3.94

3.99

4.03

4.08

4.13

4.18

4.23

4.28

4.32

4.38

4.42

4.47

4.53

4.57

4.62

4.67

4.72

4.77

4.82

4.88

4.92

4.98

5.03

5.08

5.14

5.19

3.8

3.9

3.9

4.0

4.1

4.1

4.2

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.7

4.8

4.9

5.0

5.0

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.7

5.8

5.9

6.0

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7

6.8

6.9

7.0

7.1

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

7.8

8.0

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

4.0

4.1

4.2

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.4

4.5

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.9

5.0

5.1

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.6

5.7

5.8

5.8

5.9

6.0

6.1

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.6

6.7

6.8

6.9

6.9

7.0

7.1

7.2

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.6

7.7

7.8

7.9

8.0

6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
7000
7100
7200
7300
7400
7500
7600
7700
7800
7900
8000
8100
8200
8300
8400
8500
8600
8700
8800
8900
9000
9100
9200
9300
9400
9500
9600
9700
9800

9900
10000
10100
10200
10300
10400
10500
10600
10700
10800
10900
11000
11100
11200
11300
11400
11500
11600
11700
11800

7100
7213
7325
7438
7550
7663
7776
7888
8000

8111
8222
8333
8445
8556
8667
8778
8889
9000
9110
9220
9330
9440
9550
9660
9770
9880
9990

10100
10210
10320
10430
10540
10650
10760
10870
10980

11090
11200
11312
11424
11536
11648
11760
11872

11984
12096
12208
12320
12432
12544
12656
12768
12880
12992
13104
13216

400V, 50Hz

22

• PUMY-125YM STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kcal/h)

119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163

Capacity (kcal/h) Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling Heating

11900
12000
12100
12200
12300
12400
12500
12521
12542
12563
12584
12605
12626
12647
12668
12689
12710
12731
12753
12774
12795
12816
12837
12858
12879
12900
12921
12942
12963
12984
13005
13026
13047
13068
13089

13110
13131
13153
13174
13195
13216
13237
13258
13279
13300

13328
13440
13552
13664
13776
13888
14000
14012
14023
14035
14046
14058
14069
14081
14092
14104
14115
14127
14138
14150
14161
14173
14184
14196
14207
14219
14230
14242
14253
14265
14276
14288
14299
14311
14322
14334
14345
14357
14368
14380
14391
14403
14414
14426
14437

Cooling Heating

5.52

5.59

5.65

5.73

5.79

5.87

5.95

5.96

5.97

5.97

5.98

5.99

6.00

6.01

6.01

6.02

6.03

6.04

6.05

6.05

6.06

6.07

6.08

6.09

6.09

6.10

6.11

6.12

6.13

6.13

6.14

6.15

6.16

6.17

6.17

6.18

6.19

6.20

6.21

6.21

6.22

6.23

6.24

6.25

6.25

5.24

5.29

5.35

5.40

5.46

5.51

5.58

5.60

5.61

5.63

5.64

5.66

5.68

5.69

5.71

5.72

5.74

5.76

5.77

5.79

5.80

5.82

5.84

5.85

5.87

5.88

5.90

5.92

5.93

5.95

5.96

5.98

6.00

6.01

6.03

6.04

6.06

6.08

6.09

6.11

6.12

6.14

6.16

6.17

6.19

400V, 50Hz

Cooling Heating

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.8

8.9

9.0

9.1

9.1

9.1

9.1

9.2

9.2

9.2

9.2

9.2

9.2

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.5

9.6

9.6

9.6

9.6

9.6

8.0

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.6

8.6

8.6

8.7

8.7

8.7

8.7

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.1

9.1

9.1

9.1

9.2

9.2

9.2

9.2

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.3

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.4

9.5

9.5

9.5

23

• PUMY-125YM1, PUMY-125YMA STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of
indoor units(kW)

Capacity (kW)

Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

2.47

2.50

2.54

2.57

2.61

2.64

2.68

2.72

2.76

2.80

2.83

2.87

2.91

2.95

2.99

3.03

3.07

3.12

3.16

3.20

3.24

3.29

3.33

3.37

3.42

3.46

3.51

3.55

3.60

3.65

3.69

3.74

3.79

3.84

3.88

3.93

3.98

4.03

4.08

4.13

4.18

4.24

4.29

4.34

4.39

4.44

4.50

4.55

4.61

4.66

4.72

4.77

4.83

4.88

4.94

5.00

2.63

2.66

2.70

2.73

2.77

2.80

2.84

2.87

2.91

2.94

2.98

3.02

3.05

3.09

3.13

3.16

3.20

3.24

3.27

3.31

3.35

3.39

3.43

3.47

3.51

3.55

3.59

3.62

3.67

3.71

3.75

3.79

3.83

3.87

3.91

3.95

3.99

4.04

4.08

4.12

4.16

4.21

4.25

4.30

4.34

4.38

4.43

4.47

4.52

4.56

4.61

4.65

4.70

4.74

4.79

4.84

3.8

3.9

3.9

4.0

4.0

4.1

4.1

4.2

4.2

4.3

4.3

4.4

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.8

4.9

5.0

5.0

5.1

5.2

5.2

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.7

5.8

5.9

5.9

6.0

6.1

6.2

6.2

6.3

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.6

6.7

6.8

6.9

7.0

7.1

7.1

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.5

4.1

4.1

4.2

4.2

4.3

4.3

4.4

4.4

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.6

4.7

4.7

4.8

4.8

4.9

5.0

5.0

5.1

5.1

5.2

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.4

5.4

5.5

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.7

5.8

5.9

5.9

6.0

6.0

6.1

6.2

6.2

6.3

6.3

6.4

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.6

6.7

6.8

6.8

6.9

7.0

7.0

7.1

7.2

7.2

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

7.00

7.10

7.20

7.30

7.40

7.50

7.60

7.70

7.80

7.90

8.00

8.10

8.20

8.30

8.40

8.50

8.60

8.70

8.80

8.90

9.00

9.10

9.20

9.30

9.40

9.50

9.60

9.70

9.80

9.90

10.00

10.10

10.20

10.30

10.40

10.50

10.60

10.70

10.80

10.90

11.00

11.10

11.20

11.30

11.40

11.50

11.60

11.70

11.80

11.90

12.00

12.10

12.20

12.30

12.40

12.50

7.88

8.00

8.11

8.22

8.33

8.44

8.56

8.67

8.78

8.89

9.00

9.10

9.20

9.30

9.40

9.50

9.60

9.70

9.80

9.90

10.00

10.10

10.22

10.33

10.45

10.56

10.67

10.79

10.90

11.02

11.13

11.24

11.36

11.47

11.59

11.70

11.81

11.93

12.04

12.16

12.27

12.38

12.50

12.63

12.75

12.88

13.00

13.13

13.25

13.38

13.50

13.63

13.75

13.88

14.00

14.13

w

w Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert

the valve into the kW model capacity following the table on page 12.

415V, 50Hz

24

• PUMY-125YM1, PUMY-125YMA STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of
indoor units(kW)

Capacity (kW)

Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

5.05

5.11

5.17

5.23

5.29

5.35

5.41

5.47

5.53

5.59

5.65

5.71

5.77

5.84

5.95

5.96

5.96

5.96

5.97

5.97

5.97

5.98

5.98

5.98

5.99

5.99

5.99

5.99

6.00

6.00

6.00

6.01

6.01

6.01

6.02

6.02

6.02

6.03

6.03

6.03

6.03

6.04

6.04

6.04

6.05

6.05

6.05

6.06

6.06

6.06

6.07

6.07

6.07

6.07

6.08

6.08

6.08

4.88

4.93

4.98

5.03

5.07

5.12

5.17

5.22

5.27

5.32

5.36

5.41

5.46

5.51

5.58

5.57

5.55

5.53

5.52

5.50

5.49

5.47

5.46

5.44

5.43

5.41

5.39

5.38

5.36

5.35

5.33

5.32

5.30

5.28

5.27

5.25

5.24

5.22

5.21

5.19

5.17

5.16

5.14

5.13

5.11

5.10

5.08

5.06

5.05

5.03

5.02

5.00

4.99

4.97

4.95

4.94

4.92

7.6

7.6

7.7

7.7

7.8

7.9

8.0

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.5

8.6

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

9.0

7.3

7.4

7.4

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

7.7

7.8

7.9

7.9

8.0

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.1

8.1

8.1

8.1

8.1

8.0

8.0

8.0

8.0

7.9

7.9

7.9

7.9

7.8

7.8

7.8

7.8

7.8

7.7

7.7

7.7

7.7

7.6

7.6

7.6

7.6

7.6

7.6

7.6

7.6

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.4

7.4

7.4

7.4

126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

12.60

12.70

12.80

12.90

13.00

13.10

13.20

13.30

13.40

13.50

13.60

13.70

13.80

13.90

14.00

14.02

14.04

14.06

14.08

14.10

14.12

14.15

14.17

14.19

14.21

14.23

14.25

14.27

14.30

14.32

14.34

14.36

14.38

14.40

14.42

14.45

14.47

14.49

14.51

14.53

14.55

14.57

14.60

14.62

14.64

14.66

14.68

14.70

14.72

14.75

14.77

14.79

14.81

14.83

14.85

14.87

14.89

14.25

14.38

14.50

14.63

14.75

14.88

15.00

15.13

15.25

15.38

15.50

15.63

15.75

15.88

16.00

16.01

16.02

16.03

16.04

16.06

16.07

16.08

16.09

16.10

16.12

16.13

16.14

16.15

16.16

16.17

16.19

16.20

16.21

16.22

16.23

16.25

16.26

16.27

16.28

16.29

16.31

16.32

16.33

16.34

16.35

16.36

16.38

16.39

16.40

16.41

16.42

16.44

16.45

16.46

16.47

16.48

16.50

w

w Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert

the valve into the kW model capacity following the table on page 12.

415V, 50Hzw

25

• PUMY-125YM1, PUMY-125YMA STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kW)

Capacity (kW)

Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

2.47

2.50

2.54

2.57

2.61

2.64

2.68

2.72

2.76

2.80

2.83

2.87

2.91

2.95

2.99

3.03

3.07

3.12

3.16

3.20

3.24

3.29

3.33

3.37

3.42

3.46

3.51

3.55

3.60

3.65

3.69

3.74

3.79

3.84

3.88

3.93

3.98

4.03

4.08

4.13

4.18

4.24

4.29

4.34

4.39

4.44

4.50

4.55

4.61

4.66

4.72

4.77

4.83

4.88

4.94

5.00

2.63

2.66

2.70

2.73

2.77

2.80

2.84

2.87

2.91

2.94

2.98

3.02

3.05

3.09

3.13

3.16

3.20

3.24

3.27

3.31

3.35

3.39

3.43

3.47

3.51

3.55

3.59

3.62

3.67

3.71

3.75

3.79

3.83

3.87

3.91

3.95

3.99

4.04

4.08

4.12

4.16

4.21

4.25

4.30

4.34

4.38

4.43

4.47

4.52

4.56

4.61

4.65

4.70

4.74

4.79

4.84

4.2

4.2

4.3

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.5

4.6

4.6

4.7

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.9

5.0

5.1

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.6

5.7

5.7

5.8

5.9

5.9

6.0

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7

6.7

6.8

6.9

6.9

7.0

7.1

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

7.8

7.9

8.0

8.1

8.2

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.6

4.7

4.7

4.8

4.8

4.9

4.9

5.0

5.0

5.1

5.2

5.2

5.3

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.7

5.8

5.9

5.9

5.9

6.0

6.1

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.5

6.6

6.7

6.7

6.8

6.9

6.9

6.9

7.0

7.1

7.2

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

7.7

7.8

7.9

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

7.00

7.10

7.20

7.30

7.40

7.50

7.60

7.70

7.80

7.90

8.00

8.10

8.20

8.30

8.40

8.50

8.60

8.70

8.80

8.90

9.00

9.10

9.20

9.30

9.40

9.50

9.60

9.70

9.80

9.90

10.00

10.10

10.20

10.30

10.40

10.50

10.60

10.70

10.80

10.90

11.00

11.10

11.20

11.30

11.40

11.50

11.60

11.70

11.80

11.90

12.00

12.10

12.20

12.30

12.40

12.50

7.88

8.00

8.11

8.22

8.33

8.44

8.56

8.67

8.78

8.89

9.00

9.10

9.20

9.30

9.40

9.50

9.60

9.70

9.80

9.90

10.00

10.10

10.22

10.33

10.45

10.56

10.67

10.79

10.90

11.02

11.13

11.24

11.36

11.47

11.59

11.70

11.81

11.93

12.04

12.16

12.27

12.38

12.50

12.63

12.75

12.88

13.00

13.13

13.25

13.38

13.50

13.63

13.75

13.88

14.00

14.13

w

w Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert

the valve into the kW model capacity following the table on page 12.

380V, 50Hz/60Hz

26

• PUMY-125YM1, PUMY-125YMA STANDARD CAPACITY DIAGRAM

Total capacity of

indoor units(kW)

Capacity (kW)

Power consumption (kW) Current (A)

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Cooling

Heating

5.05

5.11

5.17

5.23

5.29

5.35

5.41

5.47

5.53

5.59

5.65

5.71

5.77

5.84

5.95

5.96

5.96

5.96

5.97

5.97

5.97

5.98

5.98

5.98

5.99

5.99

5.99

5.99

6.00

6.00

6.00

6.01

6.01

6.01

6.02

6.02

6.02

6.03

6.03

6.03

6.03

6.04

6.04

6.04

6.05

6.05

6.05

6.06

6.06

6.06

6.07

6.07

6.07

6.07

6.08

6.08

6.08

4.88

4.93

4.98

5.03

5.07

5.12

5.17

5.22

5.27

5.32

5.36

5.41

5.46

5.51

5.58

5.57

5.55

5.53

5.52

5.50

5.49

5.47

5.46

5.44

5.43

5.41

5.39

5.38

5.36

5.35

5.33

5.32

5.30

5.28

5.27

5.25

5.24

5.22

5.21

5.19

5.17

5.16

5.14

5.13

5.11

5.10

5.08

5.06

5.05

5.03

5.02

5.00

4.99

4.97

4.95

4.94

4.92

8.3

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.6

8.7

8.8

8.9

9.0

9.1

9.2

9.3

9.4

9.6

9.6

9.6

9.6

9.6

9.6

9.6

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.7

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

8.0

8.1

8.0

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.7

8.8

8.9

9.0

9.0

9.0

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.8

8.7

8.7

8.7

8.7

8.6

8.6

8.6

8.6

8.5

8.5

8.5

8.5

8.4

8.4

8.4

8.4

8.3

8.3

8.3

8.3

8.3

8.3

8.3

8.3

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.1

8.1

8.1

8.0

126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

12.60

12.70

12.80

12.90

13.00

13.10

13.20

13.30

13.40

13.50

13.60

13.70

13.80

13.90

14.00

14.02

14.04

14.06

14.08

14.10

14.12

14.15

14.17

14.19

14.21

14.23

14.25

14.27

14.30

14.32

14.34

14.36

14.38

14.40

14.42

14.45

14.47

14.49

14.51

14.53

14.55

14.57

14.60

14.62

14.64

14.66

14.68

14.70

14.72

14.75

14.77

14.79

14.81

14.83

14.85

14.87

14.89

14.25

14.38

14.50

14.63

14.75

14.88

15.00

15.13

15.25

15.38

15.50

15.63

15.75

15.88

16.00

16.01

16.02

16.03

16.04

16.06

16.07

16.08

16.09

16.10

16.12

16.13

16.14

16.15

16.16

16.17

16.19

16.20

16.21

16.22

16.23

16.25

16.26

16.27

16.28

16.29

16.31

16.32

16.33

16.34

16.35

16.36

16.38

16.39

16.40

16.41

16.42

16.44

16.45

16.46

16.47

16.48

16.50

w

w Before calculating the sum of total capacity of indoor units, please convert

the valve into the kW model capacity following the table on page 12.

380V, 50Hz/60Hz

27

4-3. CORRECTING COOLING AND HEATING CAPACITY

0.4

-5 0 10 20 30 40 46

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

22
20
18
16

22
20
18
16

0.4

-12 -10 0 105-5 15

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

15
20

25

20
15

25

Service Ref PUMY-VM/VM1/YM PUMY-VM2/YM1/YMA

Rated cooling capacity
Rated heating capacity

Indoor D.B. 27°C / W.B. 19.5°C
Outdoor D.B. 35°C

Indoor D.B. 21°C
Outdoor D.B. 7°C / W.B. 6°C

Indoor D.B. 27°C / W.B. 19.0°C
Outdoor D.B. 35°C

Indoor D.B. 20°C
Outdoor D.B. 7°C / W.B. 6°C

4-3-1. Correcting Changes in Air Conditions

(1)The performance curve charts (Figure 1, 2, 3, 4) show the rated capacity (total capacity) under the stated conditions when

standard length for piping (5m) is used. The rated power is derived from the capacity ratio and power ratio obtained for the
indoor and outdoor intake temperatures at time 1.

• Standard conditions:

• Use the rated capacity and rated power values given in the characteristics table for each indoor unit.

• The capacity is the single value on the side of the outdoor unit; the capacity on the sides of each indoor unit must be
added to obtain the total capacity.

(2)The capacity of each indoor unit may be obtained by multiplying the total capacity obtained in (1) by the ratio between the

individual capacity at the rated time and the total capacity at the rated time.

Individual capacity under stated conditions = total capacity under the stated conditions o

(3)Capacity correction factor curve

individual capacity at the rated time

total capacity at the rated time

Figure 1. PUMY-VM Cooling performance curve Figure 2. PUMY-VM Heating performance curve

PUMY-VM

1 PUMY-VM1

PUMY-YM PUMY-YM

Heating
Capacity
(ratio)

Heating
Power
consumption
(ratio)

Cooling
Capacity
(ratio)

Cooling
Power
consumption
(ratio)

INDOOR
<W.B. :>

INDOOR
<W.B. :>

INDOOR
<D.B. :>

INDOOR
<D.B. :>

Outdoor <D.B. ::>

28

Outdoor <W.B. ::>

Figure 3. PUMY-VM2 Cooling performance curve Figure 4. PUMY-VM2 Heating performance curve

0.4

-5 0 10 20 30 40 46

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

22
20
18
16

22
20
18
16

0.4

-12 -10 0 105-5 15

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

15
20

25

20
15

25

PUMY-YM

1 PUMY-VM1

PUMY-YMA PUMY-YMA

Cooling
Capacity
(ratio)

Cooling
Power
consumption
(ratio)

INDOOR
<W.B. :>

INDOOR
<W.B. :>

Heating
Capacity
(ratio)

Heating
Power
consumption
(ratio)

INDOOR
<D.B. :>

INDOOR
<D.B. :>

Outdoor <D.B. ::>

Outdoor <W.B. ::>

29

4-3-2. Correcting Capacity for Changes in the Length of Refrigerant Piping

1.0

0.95

0.9
5 10152025303540455055

1.0

35 (50%)
53 (75%)

71 (100%)
93 (130%)

0.95

0.9

0.85

0.8
5 101520253035404550

1.0

63 (50%)
94 (75%)

125 (100%)
163 (130%)

0.95

0.9

0.85

0.8
5 10152025303540455055

(1) During cooling, to obtain the ratio (and the equivalent piping length) of the outdoor units rated capacity and the total

in-use indoor capacity, first find the capacity ratio corresponding to the standard piping length (5m) from figures 5 and 6
at first, and then multiply by the cooling capacity from Figure 1 to obtain the actual capacity.

(2) During heating, to find the equivalent piping length, first find the capacity ratio corresponding to standard piping length (5m)

from Figure 7, and then multiply by the heating capacity from Figure 2 to obtain the actual capacity.

(1) Cooling capacity correction factor
Figure 5. PUMY-71VM, PUMY-71VM

Cooling
Capacity
(ratio)

piping length (m)

Figure 6. PUMY-125VM, PUMY-125VM1, PUMY-125YM, PUMY-125VM2, PUMY-125YM1, PUMY-125YMA

Cooling capacity correction curve

1, PUMY-71VM2 Cooling capacity correction curve

Total capacity for indoor unit

Total capacity for indoor unit

Cooling
Capacity
(ratio)

piping length (m)

(2) Heating capacity correction factor
Figure 7. PUMY Series Heating capacity correction curve

Heating
Capacity
(ratio)

piping length (m)

(3) Method for Obtaining the Equivalent Piping Length

Equivalent length for type 125 = (length of piping to farthest indoor unit) + (0.35 o number of bends in the piping) (m)

Length of piping to farthest indoor unit: type 125.....70m

4-3-3. Correction of Heating Capacity for Frost and Defrosting

If heating capacity has been reduced due to frost formation or defrosting, multiply the capacity by the appropriate correction
factor from the following table to obtain the actual heating capacity.

Correction factor diagram

Outdoor Intake temperature (°CWB)

Correction factor

6

1.0

4

0.98

2

0.89

0.88

30

0

-2

0.89

-4

0.9

-6

0.95

-8

0.95

-10

0.95

PUMY-71VM
PUMY-71VM1
PUMY-71VM2

90

NOTCH

Hi 52

SPL(dB) LINE

PUMY-125VM
PUMY-125VM

1/VM2

PUMY-125YM/YMA

90

NOTCH

Hi 54

SPL(dB) LINE

80

70

60

50

40

30

APPROXIMATE

20

THRESHOLD OF

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB re 0.002 MICRO BAR

HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE

10

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-70

NC-60

NC-50

NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

80

70

60

50

40

30

APPROXIMATE

20

THRESHOLD OF

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB re 0.002 MICRO BAR

HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE

10

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-70

NC-60

NC-50

NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

1m

MICROPHONE

1m

Ambient temperature 27:

Test conditions are based on JIS Z8731

31

5 OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS

• OUTDOOR UNITS
PUMY-71VM
PUMY-71VM1
PUMY-71VM2

Optional parts

(base branching

pipe) installation

hole

Terminal block for transmission

Terminal block for central control

Terminal block for Power source

Gas refrigerant-pipe

connection {15.88(5/8F)

Liquid refrigerant-pipe

connection {9.52(3/8F)

Knock out hole for right piping

Knock out holes for power line 2-{27

unit : mm

shaped notched holes

(standard bolt M10)

Air intake

Air intake

Air outlet

Service panel

Handle for

Optional parts

moving

installation hole

Side air intake

Rear air intake

Handing for moving

Knock out holes for

power line 2-{27

Knock out hole

for front piping

Piping cover

Oval holes

(standard bolt M10)

Bottom piping hole

Drain hole

(3-{33 hole)

Handle for moving

32

Rear piping hole

when a piping cover is used for aesthetic reasons.

✻1...Indicates the dimensions of the cutoff valve connector.

✻2...Make sure that the panel can be easily removed for maintenance

PUMY-125VM
PUMY-125VM1
PUMY-125VM2
PUMY-125YM
PUMY-125YM1
PUMY-125YMA

Optional parts

(base branching

pipe) installation

hole

unit : mm

Knock out holes for power line 2-{29

Air intake

Terminal block for transmission

Terminal block for central control

Terminal block for power source

Air outlet

Handle for

Optional parts

installation hole

moving

Liquid refrigerant pipe

Gas refrigerant-pipe

connection {9.52 (3/8F)

connection {19.05 (3/4F)

Knock out hole for right piping

Knock out holes for

power line 2-{27

Knock out hole for

front piping

Oval holes

Piping cover

(standard bolt M10)

shaped notched holes

(standard bolt M10)

Bottom piping hole

Drain hole

(3-{33 hole)

Rear air intake

Side air intake

Handle for moving

33

Rear piping hole

when a piping cover is used for aesthetic reasons.

✻1...Indicates the dimensions of the cutoff valve connector.

✻2...Make sure that the panel can be easily removed for maintenance

6 WIRING DIAGRAM

21

2

1

5

4123

67

7

5

4321

CN2

6

1234

5

21

321

2

321

6

3

21

6

5

43 1263

7

321

54321

4321

6

V

U

U

W

WHT

12

3

6

C5

RED

RED

10

9652

1

7

3621

4

5

3

2123

1

1231121321

1

2

CN40

CN3D

(WHT)

(WHT)

C2

C1

ORN

ORN

RED

RED

WHT

WHT

BLU

WHT

MF1

MF2

CN41

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

TH1

26C

SLEV

TH5

63HS

TH6

TH2

SV152C

21S4

TB3

ON

OFF

CH

SW2

X3

X1

X2

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

FUSE2

(6A)

ORN
ORN

BRN

YLW

(WHT)

(GRN)

(GRN)

(WHT)

RED

RED

BLK

BLK

WHT

BLU

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

2

RED

6

3

1

1
2

F.C

1234

CNCT

CN51

1

2

AC,CT

(YLW)

(YLW)

CNS2

(RED)

CNS1

(WHT)

(WHT)

(WHT)

(WHT) (WHT)

(BLK)

THHS

ON

OFF

SW5

FUSE1

(2A)

WHT

RED

YLW

645

12345678910

87654321

6

CN4

CN3

CN2

CN1

CN3

CN1

CN5

CN6

CH

CNA

52C 21S4

SV1

MF1

MF2

CND

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

SWU3

(3rd digit)

(2nd digit)

SWU2

(1st digit)

SWU1

LD1

(YLW)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(WHT)

(WHT)

(YLW)

26C

(BLK)

M1
M2

S

M1

1

3

RED

WHT

31

3

1

3

1

31

3

1

31

1

3

0

1

2
3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

8
7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

N(-)

P(+)

P(+)

N(-)

V

W

U

V

W

RED

WHT

BLU

63 7

CN4

CN6

CN5

<GATE AMP BOARD>

AC.CT

<IPM>

(YLW)

(WHT)

(WHT)

CNCT

RED

FUSE(30A)

3
4

1

NF1

2

N

TB1

L

TB7

POWER SUPPLY

BRN

RED

WHT

RED

WHT

GRN/YLW

M2

S

52C

RED

RED

R1

D1

+

C3

ZNR

DS

R2

DCL

RED

RED

WHT

WHT

RED

63HS

TH6 TH5

SLEV

TH2 TH1

THHS

MC

12 321

SW3

ON

OFF

SW4

4

SW1

OFF

ON

34567821

1[ 220-240V
50Hz

10

9652

1

NAME

SYMBOL

NAME NAME

SYMBOL SYMBOL

AC,CT
CH
CNA
CND
CNS1
CNS2
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN40
CN41
CN51
CN3D
CNCT
C1,2
C3
C5
DS
D1
DCL

F.C
FUSE1
FUSE2
FUSE
IPM
LD1

MC
MF1,2
NF1
R1
R2
SLEV
SV1
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SWU1
SWU2
SWU3
TB1

TB3
TB7

THHS
TH1

TH2
TH5
TH6

X1
X2

X3
ZNR
21S4
26C
52C

63HS

CURRENT DETECTION
CRANKCASE HEATER
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <DC POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL , PROTECTION>
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V , 12V , 5V>
CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY , TROUBLE OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>
CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL,SILENT MODE INPUT>
CONNECTOR <CURRENT DETECTION>
FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR<SMOOTHING>
CAPACITOR<POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
DIODE STACK
DIODE <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
REACTOR

FAN CONTROL
FUSE(2A)
FUSE(6A)
FUSE(30A)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
DIGITAL INDICATION LED
<OPERATION INSPECTION INDICATION>
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR (INNER THERMOSTAT)
NOISE FILTER
RESISTOR<RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>
RESISTOR<DISCHARGE>
EXPANSION VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>
SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION SELFDIAGNOSIS>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <TEST RUN>
SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,1ST DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,2ND DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,3RD DIGIT>
TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>

TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>
TERMINAL BLOCK
<TRANSMISSION> (CENTRALIZED CONTROL)
THERMISTOR
<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR<DISCHARGE TEMPERA TURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<PIPE TEMPERATURE DETECTION,JUDGING DEFROST>
THERMISTOR<OUTDOOR TEMPERA TURE DETECTION>
RELAY
<CRANKCASE HEATER,MAGNETIC CONTACTOR>
RELAY<4-WAY VALVE>
RELAY<SOLENOID VALVE>
VARISTOR
4-WAY COIL
THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
<INVERTER MAIN CIRCUIT>
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>

Always lit

87

-

1

2

436

587

(Example)
When the compressor and SV1 are
turned during heating operation.

6

-

-

5

SV1

4

21S4

3

2

52C

1

Indication

Bit

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

1.Refer to the wiring boards of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.The transmission line is two-wire type and has no polarity.

3.Mark shows the terminal board,mark the connector .Symbols in parentheses () show the colors of connectors.

4.Self-diagnosis function

The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)
found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

Compressor operated

PUMY-71VM

34

PUMY-125VM

SYMBOL

NAME NAME

SYMBOL

NAME

SYMBOL

AC,CT
AR
CB
CH
CNA
CND
CNS1
CNS2
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN40
CN41
CN51
CN3D
C1,2
C3,4
C5,6
C7
D
DB1,DB2

DCL
F.C
FUSE1
FUSE2
FUSE
IPM
LD1

MC
MF1,2
NF
RB
RS
SLEV
SV1
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SWU1
SWU2
SWU3
TB1

CURRENT DETECTION
SURGE ABSORBER
SMOOTHING CAPACITOR
CRANKCASE HEATER
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <DC POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL , PROTECTION>
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V,12V,5V>
CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY , TROUBLE OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>
CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL , SILENT MODE INPUT>
FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR <FILTER>
DIODE <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
DIODE STACK

REACTOR
FAN CONTROL
FUSE(2A)
FUSE(6A)
FUSE(60A)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
DIGITAL INDICATION LED
<OPERATIOIN INSPECTION INDICATION>
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR (INNER THERMOSTAT)
NOISE FILTER
RESISTOR <DISCHARGE>
RESISTOR <RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>
EXPANSION VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>
SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION SELFDIAGNOSIS>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <TEST RUN>
SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRES SELECTION , 1ST DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION 2ND DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION 3RD DIGIT>
TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>

TB3
TB7

THHS
TH1

TH2
TH5
TH6
X1
X2

X3
X4
ZNR
21S4
26C
52C

63HS

TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>
TERMINAL BLOCK
<TRANSMISSION> (CENTRALIZED CONTROL)
THERMISTOR
<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR <DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<PIPE TEMPERATURE DETECTION . JUDGING DEFROST>
THERMISTOR
<OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
RELAY
< MAGNETIC CONTACTOR / CRANKCASE HEATER>
RELAY<4-WAY VALVE>
RELAY<SOLENOID VALVE>
RELAY
VARISTOR
4-WAY COIL
THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
<INVERTER MAIN CIRCUIT>
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>

-

4.Self-diagnosis function

The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)

found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.

LED indication:Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.The transmission line is two-wire type and has no polarity.

3.Mark shows the terminal board, mark the connector. Symbols in parentheses() show the colors of connectors.

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

Bit

Indication

Compressor operated

2

52C

3

4

5

6

78

1

21S4

SV1

-

-

Always lit

(Example)
When the compressor and SV1 are

turned during heating operation.

1

243658

7

THHS

CN40 CN51 CN3D

(WHT) (WHT)(WHT)

CNS2

1

(YLW)

2

CNS1

1

(RED)

2

8

SWU3

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

4321

CN41

(WHT)

LD1

0

0

0

1

1

9

2
3

7

4

6

5

(2nd digit)(3rd digit)

9

8
7

6

5

SWU2

2
3

4

9

8
7

6

SWU1

(1st digit)

321543214321

1

2
3

4

5

CN1

6

3

THHS

(BLK)

(RED)

2

2132311

TH6

TH5

(WHT)

(GRN)

SW1

ON

OFF

12 876543

SW4

SW3

ON

OFF

12 4321 12345678

(YLW)

CN2

3

1

2

6

5

4

26C

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

3

4

2

5

6

1

2

3

6

TB3

M1
M2

M1
M2

S

TB7

S

TB1

L

N

BRN

BRN

ORN
ORN

RED

RED

BLK

BLK

GRN

GRN/YLW

AR

RED

C5

FUSE(60A)

C6

RED

143

2

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

NO FUSE BREAKER
30A

POWER SUPPLY
~ (1 PHASE)
220-240V
50Hz

L

N

NF

RED
BLK

GRN/YLW

FUSE2
(6A)

CNA

3

1

RED

BLU

3

WHT

CH

CH

1

WHT

DB1 DB2

YLW

X4

8

35

CH

2
3

1

X2X1X3

21S4

52C

1

3

1

3

YLW

52C SV1

YLW
7

3

YLW

RED

RED

21S4

BLK

RED

2

ZNR

3

RED

52C

1

BLK

X4

RS

3

BRN

BRN

SV1

1

RED

RED

DCL

C3
C4

5

CN1

(RED)

F.C

MF2

MF1

1

1

3

3

BLU

BLU

WHT

WHT

MF1

MF2

RED

RED

ORN

ORN

C2

C1

D

1

2

RED

WHT

3

RED

BLU

BLU

BLK

BLK

BRN

+

2

6

RB

CB

-

BLK

(YLW)

CND

2

1

RED

CN2

FUSE1
(2A)

3

BLK

RED

C7

BLK

<IPM>

(YLW)

CN5

2

1

2

1

CN5 CN6

(WHT) (WHT)

P(+)

N(-)

TH1

TH2TH5TH6

3121

TH2

TH1

(WHT)(GRN)

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

CN3

1

YLW

YLW

1

21

26C

(BLK)

(WHT)

CN6

10

9

6

5

6

5

10

6

9

<GATE AMP BOARD>

RED

WHT

V

U

W

MC

CN3

BLU

SW5

7

7

1

1

WVX4U

SW2

(WHT)

6

2

2

AC.CT

63HS

63HS

(WHT)

263

546

3

2

(WHT)

(WHT)

3

3

3

SLEV

3

6

456

123

321

SLEV

(WHT)

10987654321

1

1

CN4

657

AC.CT

(YLW)

(YLW)

213

4

2
1

RED

WHT

7

54362

1

7

CN4

(YLW)

PUMY-71VM1

21

2

1

5

4123

67

7

5

4321

CN2

6

1234

5

21

321

2

321

6

3

21

6

5

43 1263

7

321

54321

4321

6

V

U

U

W

WHT

12

3

6

C5

RED

RED

10

9652

1

7

3621

4

5

3

2123

1

1231

121321

1

2

CN40

CN3D

(WHT)

(WHT)

C2

C1

ORN

ORN

RED

RED

BLU

WHT

MF1

MF2

CN41

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

TH1

26C

SLEV

TH5

63HS

TH6

TH2

SV152C

21S4

ON

OFF

SW2

X3

X1

X2

FUSE2

(6A)

YLW

(WHT)

(GRN)

(GRN)

(WHT)

RED

RED

BLK

BLK

WHT

BLU

2

RED

6

3

1

1
2

F.C

1234

CNCT

CN51

1

2

AC,CT

(YLW)

(YLW)

CNS2

(RED)

CNS1

(WHT)

(WHT)

(WHT)

(WHT) (WHT)

(BLK)

THHS

ON

OFF

SW5

FUSE1

(2A)

WHT

RED

YLW

645

12345678910

87654321

6

CN4

CN3

CN2

CN1

CN3

CN1

CN5

CN6

CH

CNA

52C 21S4

SV1

MF1

MF2

CND

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

SWU3

(3rd digit)

(2nd digit)

SWU2

(1st digit)

SWU1

LD1

(YLW)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(WHT)

(WHT)

(YLW)

26C

(BLK)

1

3

RED

WHT

31

3

1

3

1

31

3

1

31

1

3

0

1

2
3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

N(-)

P(+)

P(+)

N(-)

V

W

U

V

W

RED

WHT

BLU

63 7

CN4

CN6

CN5

<GATE AMP BOARD>

AC.CT

<IPM>

(YLW)

(WHT)

(WHT)

CNCT

FUSE(30A)

3
4

1

NF1

2

RED
WHT

52C

RED

RED

R1

D1

+
C3

ZNR

DS

R2

DCL

RED

RED

WHT

WHT

RED

63HS

TH6 TH5

SLEV

TH2 TH1

THHS

MC

12 321

SW3

ON

OFF

SW4

4

SW1

OFF

ON

34567821

10

9652

1

TB3

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

ORN
ORN

BRN

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

M1
M2

S

M1

NN

TB1

LL

TB7

POWER SUPPLY
~ (1 PHASE)
220-240/220V
50/60Hz

NO FUSE BREAKER
30A

BRN

RED
WHT

RED

GRN/YLW

M2

S

NAME

SYMBOL

NAME NAME

SYMBOL SYMBOL

AC,CT
CNA
CND
CNS1
CNS2
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN40
CN41
CN51
CN3D
CNCT
C1,2
C3
C5
DS
D1
DCL

F.C
FUSE1
FUSE2
FUSE
IPM
LD1

MC
MF1,2
NF1
R1
R2
SLEV
SV1
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SWU1
SWU2
SWU3

TB1
TB3
TB7

THHS
TH1

TH2
TH5
TH6

X1
X2
X3
ZNR
21S4
26C
52C

63HS

CURRENT DETECTION
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <DC POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL , PROTECTION>
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V , 12V , 5V>
CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY , TROUBLE OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>
CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL,SILENT MODE INPUT>
CONNECTOR <CURRENT DETECTION>
FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR<SMOOTHING>
CAPACITOR<POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
DIODE STACK
DIODE <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
REACTOR

FAN CONTROL
FUSE(2A)
FUSE(6A)
FUSE(30A)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
DIGITAL INDICATION LED
<OPERATION INSPECTION INDICATION>
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR (INNER THERMOSTAT)
NOISE FILTER
RESISTOR<RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>
RESISTOR<DISCHARGE>
EXPANSION VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>
SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION SELFDIAGNOSIS>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <TEST RUN>
SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,1ST DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,2ND DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,3RD DIGIT>

TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>
TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>
TERMINAL BLOCK
<TRANSMISSION> (CENTRALIZED CONTROL)
THERMISTOR
<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR<DISCHARGE TEMPERA TURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<PIPE TEMPERATURE DETECTION,JUDGING DEFROST>
THERMISTOR<OUTDOOR TEMPERA TURE DETECTION>
RELAY <MAGNETIC CONTACTOR>
RELAY<4-WAY VALVE>
RELAY<SOLENOID VALVE>
VARISTOR
4-WAY COIL
THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
<INVERTER MAIN CIRCUIT>
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>

Always lit

87

-

1

2

436

587

(Example)
When the compressor and SV1 are
turned during heating operation.

6

-

-

5

SV1

4

21S4

3

2

52C

1

Indication

Bit

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.The transmission line is two-wire type and has no polarity.

3.Mark shows the terminal board, mark the connector. Symbols in parentheses () show the colors of connectors.

4.Self-diagnosis function

The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)

found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

Compressor operated

36

PUMY-125VM1

SYMBOL

NAME

NAME

SYMBOL

NAME

SYMBOL
AC,CT
AR
CB
CNA
CND
CNS1
CNS2
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN40
CN41
CN51
CN3D
C1,2
C3,4
C5,6
C7
D
DB1,DB2

DCL
F.C
FUSE1
FUSE2
FUSE
IPM
LD1

MC
MF1,2
NF
RB
RS
SLEV
SV1
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SWU1
SWU2
SWU3

CURRENT DETECTION
SURGE ABSORBER
SMOOTHING CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <DC POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL , PROTECTION>
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V,12V,5V>
CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY , TROUBLE OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>
CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL , SILENT MODE INPUT>
FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR <FILTER>
DIODE <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
DIODE STACK

REACTOR
FAN CONTROL
FUSE(2A)
FUSE(6A)
FUSE(60A)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
DIGITAL INDICATION LED
<OPERATIOIN INSPECTION INDICATION>
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR (INNER THERMOSTAT)
NOISE FILTER
RESISTOR <DISCHARGE>
RESISTOR <RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>
EXPANSION VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>
SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION SELFDIAGNOSIS>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <TEST RUN>
SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRES SELECTION , 1ST DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION 2ND DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION 3RD DIGIT>

TB1
TB3
TB7

THHS
TH1

TH2
TH5
TH6
X1

X2
X3
X4
ZNR
21S4
26C
52C

63HS

TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>
TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>
TERMINAL BLOCK
<TRANSMISSION> (CENTRALIZED CONTROL)
THERMISTOR
<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR <DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<PIPE TEMPERATURE DETECTION . JUDGING DEFROST>
THERMISTOR
<OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE DETECTION>
RELAY < MAGNETIC CONTACTOR>
RELAY <4-WAY VALVE>
RELAY <SOLENOID VALVE>
RELAY
VARISTOR
4-WAY COIL
THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
<INVERTER MAIN CIRCUIT>
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>

-

4.Self-diagnosis function

The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)
found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication:Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.The transmission line is two-wire type and has no polarity.

3.Mark shows the terminal board, mark the connector. Symbols in parentheses() show the colors of connectors.

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

Bit

Indication

Compressor operated

2

52C

3

4

5

6

78

1

21S4

SV1

-

-

Always lit

(Example)
When the compressor and SV1 are

turned during heating operation.

1

243658

7

THHS

CN40 CN51 CN3D

(WHT) (WHT)(WHT)

CNS2

1

(YLW)

2

CNS1

1

(RED)

2

8
7

SWU3

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

4321

CN41

(WHT)

LD1

0

0

0

1

1

9

2
3

4

6

5

(2nd digit)(3rd digit)

9

8

7

6

5

SWU2

2
3

4

9

8
7

6

5

SWU1

(1st digit)

321543214321

1

2

3

4

CN1

6

3

THHS

(BLK)

(RED)

2

2132311

TH6

TH5

(WHT)

(GRN)

SW1

ON

OFF

12 876543

SW4

SW3

ON

OFF

12 4321 12345678

(YLW)

CN2

3

1

2

6

5

4

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

3

2

4

5

6

1

2

3

6

TB3

M1
M2

M2

M1

S

TB7

S

TB1

L
N

BRN
BRN

ORN
ORN

RED

RED

BLK

BLK

GRN

GRN/YLW

RED

C5
C6

AR

RED

FUSE(60A)

143

2

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

NO FUSE BREAKER
30A

POWER SUPPLY
~ (1 PHASE)
220-240
50/60Hz

L
N

NF

RED
BLK

GRN/YLW

FUSE2
(6A)

3

1

RED

CNA

BLU

3

CH

1

DB1 DB2

YLW

X4

8

37

CH

2
3

1

X2X1X3

21S4

52C

1

3

1

3

YLW

YLW

RED

RED

21S4

52C SV1

BLK

RED

2

ZNR

3

52C

BLK

1

X4

RS

YLW
7

3

BRN

BRN

SV1

1

3

RED

RED

DCL

C3

BLU

C4

RED

5

CN1

(RED)

F.C

MF2

MF1

1

1

3

3

BLU

BLU

WHT

WHT

MF1

MF2

RED

RED

ORN

ORN

C2

C1

D

1

2

RED

WHT

3

RED

BLU

+

2

6

BLK

BLK

BRN

RB

CB

-

BLK

(YLW)

CN2

FUSE1
(2A)

(YLW)

CN5

CND

2

2

1

3

1

BLK

RED

2

1

CN5 CN6

(WHT) (WHT)

RED

P(+)

C7

BLK

N(-)

<IPM>

TH1

TH2TH5TH6

3121

TH2

(WHT)(GRN)

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1

26C

YLW

YLW

1

21

26C

(BLK)

(WHT)

10

9

6

5

6

5

10

6

9

<GATE AMP BOARD>

RED

WHT

V

U

W

MC

TH1

CN3

CN3

CN6

BLU

7

7

1

1

SW5

6

WVX4U

63HS

63HS

(WHT)

SW2

(WHT)

3
(WHT)

(WHT)

2

3

2

AC.CT

263

546

2

3

3

SLEV

3

6

456

123

321

SLEV

(WHT)

10987654321

1

1

CN4

2

AC.CT

(YLW)

1

RED

(YLW)

213

4

657

WHT

7

54362

1

7

CN4

(YLW)

PUMY-71VM2

21

2

1

5

4123

6

7

7

5

4

3

2

1

CN2

6

1234

5

21

10

96521321

2

321

6

3

2

1

6

5

43

1263

7

321543214321

6

V

U

U

W

WHT

12

3

6

C5

10

9652

1

7

3621

4

5

3

2123

11231

121321

1

2

CN40

CN3D

(WHT)

(WHT)

C2

C1

ORN

ORN

RED

RED

BLU

WHT

MF1

MF2

CN41

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

TH1

26C

SLEV

TH5

63HS

TH6

TH2

SV152C

21S4

TB3

ON

OFF

SW2

X3

X1

X2

X4

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

FUSE2

(6A)

ORN
ORN

BRN

YLW

(WHT)

(GRN)

(GRN)

(WHT)

RED

RED

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

WHT

BLU

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

2

RED

6

3

1

1
2

F.C

1234

CNCT

CN51

1

2

AC,CT

(YLW)

(YLW)

CNS2

(RED)

CNS1

(WHT)

(WHT)

(WHT)

(WHT) (WHT)

(BLK)

THHS

ON

OFF

SW5

FUSE1

(2A)

WHT

RED

YLW

645

12345678910

87654321

6

CN4

CN3

CN2

CN1

CN3

CN1

CN5

CN6

CH

CNA

52C 21S4

SV1

MF1

MF2

CND

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

SWU3

(3rd digit)

(2nd digit)

SWU2

(1st digit)

SWU1

LD1

(YLW)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(WHT)

(WHT)

(YLW)

26C

(BLK)

M1
M2

S

M1

1

3

RED

WHT

3

1

3

13

1

31

3

1

31

1

3

0

1

2
3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

8
7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8
7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

N(-)

P(+)

P(+)

N(-)

V

W

U

V

W

RED

WHT

BLU

63 7

CN4

CN6

CN5

<GATE AMP BOARD>

AC.CT

<IPM>

(YLW)

(WHT)

(WHT)

CNCT

FUSE(30A)

3
4

1

NF1

2

NN

TB1

LL

TB7

POWER SUPPLY
~ (1 PHASE)
220-240/220V
50/60Hz

NO FUSE BREAKER
30A

BRN

RED

WHT

REDRED

WHT

GRN/YLW

M2

S

52C

WHT BLU

YLW

R1

D1

+

C3

ZNR

DS

R2

DCL

RED

WHT BLU BLU

BLU

REDRED

63HS

TH6 TH5

SLEV

TH2 TH1

THHS

MC

12 321

SW3

ON

OFF

SW4

4

SW1

OFF

ON

34567821

NAMENAME NAME

SYMBOL SYMBOL

SYMBOL
AC,CT
CNA
CND
CNS1
CNS2
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN40
CN41
CN51
CN3D
CNCT
C1,2
C3
C5
DS
D1
DCL
F.C

FUSE1
FUSE2
FUSE
IPM
LD1

MC
MF1,2
NF1
R1
R2
SLEV
SV1
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SWU1
SWU2
SWU3
TB1
TB3

TB7
THHS
TH1

TH2
TH5
TH6

X1
X2
X3
ZNR
21S4
26C
52C

63HS
X4

CURRENT DETECTION
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <DC POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL , PROTECTION>
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V , 12V , 5V>
CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY , TROUBLE OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>
CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL,SILENT MODE INPUT>
CONNECTOR <CURRENT DETECTION>
FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR<SMOOTHING>
CAPACITOR<POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
DIODE STACK
DIODE <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
REACTOR
FAN CONTROL

FUSE(2A)
FUSE(6A)
FUSE(30A)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
DIGITAL INDICATION LED
<OPERATION INSPECTION INDICATION>
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR (INNER THERMOSTAT)
NOISE FILTER
RESISTOR<RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>
RESISTOR<DISCHARGE>
EXPANSION VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>
SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION SELFDIAGNOSIS>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <TEST RUN>
SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,1ST DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,2ND DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,3RD DIGIT>
TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>
TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>

TERMINAL BLOCK
<TRANSMISSION> (CENTRALIZED CONTROL)
THERMISTOR
<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMPERATUER DETECTION>
THERMISTOR<DISCHARGE TEMPERA TUER DETECTION>
THERMISTOR
<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMPERATUER DETECTION>
THERMISTOR

<PIPE TEMPERATUER DETECTION,JUDGING DEFROST>
THERMISTOR<OUTDOOR TEMPERA TUER DETECTION>
RELAY<MAGNETIC CONTACTOR>
RELAY<4-WAY VALVE>
RELAY<SOLENOID VALVE>
VARISTOR
4-WAY COIL
THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR
<INVERTER MAIN CIRCUIT>
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>
RELAY

-

1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.The transmission line is two-wire type and has no polarity.

3.Mark shows the terminal block, mark the connector.Symbols in parentheses() show the colors of connectors.

4.Self-diagnosis function
The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)
found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication:Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

Bit

Indication

Compressor operated

2

52C

3

4

5

6

78

1

21S4

SV1

-

-

Always lit

(Example)
When the compressor and SV1 are

turned during heating operation.

1

243658

7

38

PUMY-125VM2

SYMBOL SYMBOL

NAME NAME NAME

SYMBOL

AC,CT
AR
CB
CNA
CND
CNS1
CNS2
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN40
CN41
CN51
CN3D
C1,2
C3,4
C5,6
C7
D
DB1,DB2
DCL

F.C
FUSE1
FUSE2
FUSE
IPM
LD1

MC
MF1,2
NF
RB
RS
SLEV
SV1
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SWU1
SWU2
SWU3
TB1
TB3

CURRENT DETECTION
SURGE ABSORBER
SMOOTHING CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <DC POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>
CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL , PROTECTION>
CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V,12V,5V>
CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <IPM POWER SUPPLY , TROUBLE OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>
CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>
CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>
CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL , SILENT MODE INPUT>
FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR <FILTER>
DIODE <POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT>
DIODE STACK
REACTOR

FAN CONTROL
FUSE(2A)
FUSE(6A)
FUSE(60A)
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
DIGITAL INDICATION LED
<OPERATION INSPECTION INDICATION>
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR (INNER THERMOSTAT)
NOISE FILTER
RESISTOR <DISCHARGE>
RESISTOR <RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>
EXPANSION VALVE
SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>
SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION SELF DIAGNOSIS>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <TEST RUN>
SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>
SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION, 1ST DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION, 2ND DIGIT>
SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION, 3RD DIGIT>
TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>
TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>

TB7
THHS
TH1

TH2
TH5
TH6
X1

X2
X3
X4
ZNR
21S4
26C
52C

63HS

TERMINAL BLOCK

<TRANSMISSION> (CENTRALIZED CONTROL)

THERMISTOR

<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMPERATURE DETECTION>

THERMISTOR <DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE DETECTION>

THERMISTOR

<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMPERATURE DETECTION>

THERMISTOR

<PIPE TEMPERATURE DETECTION . JUDGING DEFROST>

THERMISTOR

<OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE DETECTION>

RELAY<MAGNETIC CONTACTOR>

RELAY<4-WAY VALVE>

RELAY<SOLENOID VALVE>

RELAY

VARISTOR

4-WAY COIL

THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>

MAGNETIC CONTACTOR

<INVERTER MAIN CIRCUIT>

HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR

<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>

-

1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.The transmission line is two-wire type and has no polarity.

3.Mark shows the terminal block, mark the connector. Symbols in parentheses() show the colors of connectors.

4.Self-diagnosis function
The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)
found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication:Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

Bit

Indication

Compressor operated

2

52C

3

4

5

6

78

1

21S4

SV1

-

-

Always lit

(Example)
When the compressor and SV1 are

turned during heating operation.

1

243658

7

THHS

TH1

TH2TH5TH6

63HS

3

CN40 CN51 CN3D

(WHT) (WHT)(WHT)

CNS2

1

(YLW)

2

CNS1

1

(RED)

2

SWU3

TB3

M1

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

NO FUSE BREAKER
100A

POWER SUPPLY
~(1PHASE)
220-240/220V
50/60Hz

M2

M2

M1

S

S

LL

NN

TB7

TB1

BRN
BRN

ORN

ORN

RED

RED

RED

BLK

BLK

GRN

GRN/YLW

C5
C6

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

AR

RED

FUSE(60A)

NF

143

2

RED

BLK

GRN/YLW

4321

CN41

(WHT)

LD1

0

0

0

1

1

9

2

8

3

7

4

6

5

FUSE2

(6A)

CNA

3

11

RED

9

9

2

8

8

3

7

7

4

6

6

5

SWU1

SWU2

(1st digit)

(2nd digit)(3rd digit)

CH CN6

1

3

3

BLU

YLW

52C SV1

DB1 DB2

2

3

1

YLW

YLW

X4

7

8

39

1

2
3

4

5

52C

X2X1X3

YLW

21S4

RED

2

3

BLK

1

321543214321

21S4

1

3

RED

RED

BLK

ZNR

52C

RS

3

BRN

BRN

CN1

6

6

CN1

F.C

MF2

MF1

SV1

131

3

RED

X4

1

RED

DCL

C3
C4

5

3

RED

WHT

BLU

WHT

MF1

MF2

RED

RED

ORN

C2

C1

D

1

2

RED

WHT

3

RED

BLU

BLU

2

6

RB

BLK

BLK

BLK

BRN

2311

THHS

TH6

TH5

(WHT)

(GRN)

3

32

(RED)

BLU

ORN

+
–

(BLK)

(RED)

2

CB

SW1

ON

OFF

12 876543

SW3

ON

OFF

12 4321 12345678

(YLW)

CN2

5

1

6

3

4

6

1

45

3

(YLW)

CN2

FUSE1
(2A)

(YLW)

CN5

CND

32

1

1

RED

BLK

1

RED

P(+)

C7

BLK

N(–)

<IPM>

21

2

SW4

1

TH2

OFF

OFF

3121

TH1

(WHT)(GRN)

ON

ON

CN3

7

26C

YLW

YLW

2

2

1

(WHT)

5

7

21

26C

CN3

(BLK)

6

9

10

1

6

6

9

10

5

2

CN5 CN6

(WHT) (WHT)

1

<GATE AMP BOARD>

BLU

RED

WHT

V

U

W

MC

SW2

SW5

(WHT)

6

(WHT)

2

2

WVX4U

AC.CT

63HS

(WHT)

263

546

3

2

(WHT)

3

3

3

321

1

1

123

SLEV

SLEV

(WHT)

10987654321

7

456

CN4

6

657

(YLW)

AC.CT

(YLW)

4

4

5

CN4

(YLW)

7

362

2
1

RED

WHT

213

1

PUMY-125YM

SMOOTHING CAPACITOR

C03

CAPACITOR <FILTER>

C01,C02

CONNECTOR <DISCHARGE CIRCUIT,POWER SUPPLY>

CNR

RESISTOR <RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>

RS1

RESISTOR <DISCHARGE>

RB1,RB2

RESISTOR <VOLTAGE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT>

RD1,RD2

RELAYX

X73

RELAY <SOLENOID VALVE>

X72

RELAY <4-WAY VALVE>

TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>

C1,C2

FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR

SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,3RD DIGIT>

SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,2ND DIGIT>

SWU3

SWU2

SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,1ST DIGIT>

SWU1

SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>SW5

SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>SW4

SWITCH <TEST RUN>SW3

THERMISTOR

<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMP. DETECTION>

THHS

INTELLIGENT POWER MODULEIPM

FAN CONTROL

F.C

CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>

CN40

CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>

CN41

CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>

CN51

CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>

CN4

CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V,12V,5V>

CN3

CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL,PROTECTION>

CN2

CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>

CN1

CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>

CNA

CURRENT DETECTION

ACCT

SYMBOL

NAME

SYMBOL

NAMESYMBOL

NAME

SW2

SW1

SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>

SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION>

CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL/SILENT MODE INPUT>

CN3D

REACTOR

THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>

TERMINAL BLOCK <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>

TH2

TH5

TH6

63HS

52C

21S4

TH1

SV1

SLEV

MF1,MF2

LD1

X71

CNS1
CNS2

ZNR

FUSE2

TB7

TB3

TB1

MC

DCL

NF

FUSE1

49C

CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>

CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>

FUSE(2A)

DIGITAL INDICATION LED

<OPERATION INSPECTION INDICATION>

FAN MOTOR(INNER THERMOSTAT)

EXPANSION VALVE

SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>

HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR

<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>

MAGNETIC CONTACTOR

4-WAY COIL

RELAY <MAGNETIC CONTACTOR>

VARISTOR

FUSE(6.3A)

COMPRESSOR(INNER THERMOSTAT)

NOISE FILTER

TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>

THERMISTOR <DISCHARGE TEMP. DETECTION>

THERMISTOR

<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMP. DETECTION>

THERMISTOR <OUTDOOR TEMP. DETECTION>

THERMISTOR

<PIPE TEMP. DETECTION:JUDGING DEFROST>

CB1,CB2

DM

SMOOTHING CAPACITOR

DIODE MODULE

NAME

SYMBOL

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

NO FUSE BREAKER
25A

L1
L2
L3

N

X

X

1

RD2

1

(WHT)

CN3D

(WHT)

CN51

(WHT)

CN41

(WHT)

CN40

53214321

43214321

YLW

CB2

CB1

CNR

(WHT)

CNR

(WHT)

(RED)

CNA

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

(YLW)

49C

(RED)

CN1

FUSE1

(6.3A)

FUSE2

(2A)

SLEV

6

1

2

5764

49C

YLW

31 1234567

1234567

12367123456

1236

123671236

CN4

CN3

CN2

CN4CN3CN2

(YLW)

(YLW)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(YLW) (WHT)

2

4321

12345678

10987654321

2876543

SW3

SW5

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW4

SW1

SW2

OFF

ON

1

1

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

(YLW)

ACCT

654321

132

CN1

3

63HS

654

1321231

13 2121

THHS

TH1TH2TH5TH6

63HS

THHS

TH2

TH6 TH5

TH1

(BLK) (WHT)

(GRN)

(GRN)

(WHT)

(WHT)

SLEV

(WHT)

BLU

-

+

~

~

~

LO1
LO2
LO3

LI3

E

N

LI2

LI1

(RED)

31

CNA

13

GRN

6

YLW

YLW

WHT

BLK

RS1

RB2

RB1

RD1

BLK

RED

BLU

WHT

GRN

E

P

N

C03

C02C01

N

P1PN1

10

3
5
6
8

10

3

568

+
–

IPM

WV

–

+

+

–

RED
WHT
BLK

31 13

31

(BLU)
52C

X71

YLW

YLW

52C

31

(GRN)

21S4

X72

BLU

BLU

21S4

SV1

RED

RED

13

(BLK)
SV1

(WHT)

MF2

(WHT)

MF1

MF1

C1

31

WHT

BLU

WHT

BLU

RED

ORN

RED

ORN

BLU

WHT

31

BLU

52C

N

BLU

L3

BLK

L1

RED

S

M1
M2

S

M2

M1

LD1

SWU1

(1rd digit)

SWU2

(2rd digit)(3rd digit)

SWU3

<RESISTOR BOARD>

CNS1
(RED)

CNS2
(YLW)

F.C

2

1

1

GRN/YLW

ZNR

–

+

BLU

BLK

2

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

WHT

BLK

WHT

RED

WHT

ORN

ORN

BRN

BRN

GROUND

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

POWER SUPPLY
3N~
380/220-415/240V
50Hz
380/220
60Hz

W

V

U

U

X73

TB3

TB7

L2

TB1

MF2

C2

MC

DCL

DM

NF

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.Symbols used in wiring diagram above are. :Terminal block, :Connector, :Insertion tab.

3.Self-diagnosis function
The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)

found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.
LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

78563421

(Example)

When the compressor and SV1 are
turned during heating operation.

Always lit---

SV1

21S4

1 8

7654

3

52C

2

Compressor operated

Indication

Bit

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

40

PUMY-125YM1, PUMY-125YMA

SMOOTHING CAPACITOR

C03

CAPACITOR <FILTER>

C01,C02

CONNECTOR <DISCHARGE CIRCUIT,POWER SUPPLY>

CNR

RESISTOR <RUSH CURRENT PROTECT>

RS1

RESISTOR <DISCHARGE>

RB1,RB2

RESISTOR <VOLTAGE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT>

RD1,RD2

RELAYX

X73

RELAY <SOLENOID VALVE>

X72

RELAY <4-WAY VALVE>

TERMINAL BLOCK <TRANSMISSION>

C1,C2

FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR

SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,3RD DIGIT>

SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,2ND DIGIT>

SWU3

SWU2

SWITCH <UNIT ADDRESS SELECTION,1ST DIGIT>

SWU1

SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>SW5

SWITCH <MODEL SELECTION>SW4

SWITCH <TEST RUN>SW3

THERMISTOR

<IPM RADIATOR PANEL TEMP. DETECTION>

THHS

INTELLIGENT POWER MODULEIPM

FAN CONTROL

F.C

CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY>

CN40

CONNECTOR <FOR STORING JUMPER CONNECTOR>

CN41

CONNECTOR <COMPRESSOR DRIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT>

CN51

CONNECTOR <INVERTER SIGNAL 5V>

CN4

CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY 30V,12V,5V>

CN3

CONNECTOR <POWER SYNC SIGNAL,PROTECTION>

CN2

CONNECTOR <CONTROLLER DRIVE CONTROL>

CN1

CONNECTOR <POWER SUPPLY>

CNA

CURRENT DETECTION

ACCT

SYMBOL

NAME

SYMBOL

NAMESYMBOL

NAME

SW2

SW1

SWITCH <FUNCTION SELECTION>

SWITCH <DISPLAY SELECTION>

CONNECTOR <DEMAND SIGNAL/SILENT MODE INPUT>

CN3D

REACTOR

THERMAL SWITCH <COMPRESSOR>

TERMINAL BLOCK <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>

TH2

TH5

TH6

63HS

52C

21S4

TH1

SV1

SLEV

MF1,MF2

LD1

X71

CNS1
CNS2

ZNR

FUSE2

TB7

TB3

TB1

MC

DCL

NF

FUSE1

49C

CONNECTOR <MULTI SYSTEM>

CONNECTOR <CENTRALIZED CONTROL>

FUSE(2A)

DIGITAL INDICATION LED

<OPERATION INSPECTION INDICATION>

FAN MOTOR(INNER THERMOSTAT)

EXPANSION VALVE

SOLENOID COIL <HOT GAS BYPASS>

HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR

<DISCHARGE PRESSURE DETECTION>

MAGNETIC CONTACTOR

4-WAY COIL

RELAY <MAGNETIC CONTACTOR>

VARISTOR

FUSE(6.3A)

COMPRESSOR(INNER THERMOSTAT)

NOISE FILTER

TERMINAL BLOCK <POWER SUPPLY>

THERMISTOR <DISCHARGE TEMP. DETECTION>

THERMISTOR

<LOW PRESSURE SATURATED TEMP. DETECTION>

THERMISTOR <OUTDOOR TEMP. DETECTION>

THERMISTOR

<PIPE TEMP. DETECTION:JUDGING DEFROST>

CB1,CB2

DM

SMOOTHING CAPACITOR

DIODE MODULE

NAME

SYMBOL

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

NO FUSE BREAKER
25A

L1
L2
L3

N

X

X

1

RD2

1

(WHT)

CN3D

(WHT)

CN51

(WHT)

CN41

(WHT)

CN40

53214321

43214321

YLW

CB2

CB1

CNR

(WHT)

CNR

(WHT)

(RED)

CNA

<POWER SUPPLY BOARD>

(YLW)

49C

(RED)

CN1

FUSE1

(6.3A)

FUSE2

(2A)

SLEV

6

1

2

5764

49C

YLW

31 1234567

1234567

12367123456

1236

123671236

CN4

CN3

CN2

CN4CN3CN2

(YLW)

(YLW)

(WHT)

(YLW)

(RED)

(YLW) (WHT)

2

4321

12345678

10987654321

2876543

SW3

SW5

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW4

SW1

SW2

OFF

ON

1

1

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

(YLW)

ACCT

654321

132

CN1

3

63HS

654

1321231

13 2121

THHS

TH1TH2TH5TH6

63HS

THHS

TH2

TH6 TH5

TH1

(BLK) (WHT)

(GRN)

(GRN)

(WHT)

(WHT)

SLEV

(WHT)

BLU

-

+

~

~

~

LO1
LO2
LO3

LI3

E

N

LI2

LI1

(RED)

31

CNA

13

GRN

6

YLW

YLW

WHT

BLK

RS1

RB2

RB1

RD1

BLK

RED

BLU

WHT

GRN

E

P

N

C03

C02C01

N

P1PN1

10

3
5
6
8

10

3

568

+
–

IPM

WV

–

+

+

–

RED
WHT
BLK

31 13

31

(BLU)
52C

X71

YLW

YLW

52C

31

(GRN)

21S4

X72

BLU

BLU

21S4

SV1

RED

RED

13

(BLK)
SV1

(WHT)

MF2

(WHT)

MF1

MF1

C1

31

WHT

BLU

WHT

BLU

RED

ORN

RED

ORN

BLU

WHT

31

BLU

52C

N

BLU

L3

BLK

L1

RED

S

M1
M2

S

M2

M1

LD1

SWU1

(1rd digit)

SWU2

(2rd digit)(3rd digit)

SWU3

<RESISTOR BOARD>

CNS1
(RED)

CNS2
(YLW)

F.C

2

1

1

GRN/YLW

ZNR

–

+

BLU

BLK

2

FOR CENTRALIZED
CONTROL
DC 30V (Non-polar)

WHT

BLK

WHT

RED

WHT

ORN

ORN

BRN

BRN

GROUND

TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING WIRES
DC 30V (Non-polar)

POWER SUPPLY
3N~
380/220-415/240V
50Hz
380/220V
60Hz

W

V

U

U

X73

TB3

TB7

L2

TB1

MF2

C2

MC

DCL

DM

NF

<MULTI CONTROLLER BOARD>

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

1.Refer to the wiring diagrams of the indoor units for details on wiring of each indoor unit.

2.Symbols used in wiring diagram above are. :Terminal block, :Connector, :Insertion tab.

3.Self-diagnosis function

The indoor and outdoor units can be diagnosed automatically using the self-diagnosis switch(SW1) and LD1(LED indication)
found on the multi-controller of the outdoor unit.

LED indication : Set all contacts of SW1 to OFF.

78563421

(Example)
When the compressor and SV1 are

turned during heating operation.

Always lit---

SV1

21S4

1 8

7654

3

52C

2

Compressor operated

Indication

Bit

•During normal operation
The LED indicates the drive state of the controller in the outdoor unit.

41

7

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

051

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

056

001

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

010

101

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

002

102 104 154

1111

11

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

009

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

008

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

003

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

007

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

006

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

004

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

005

1 A transmission wire must be

connected to each refrigerant

system (outdoor and indoor).

2 Set addresses:

Outdoor unit ................051-100

Indoor unit ...................001-050

Remote controller .......101-200

Remote

controller

Remote

controller

Remote

controller

Remote

controller

105

Remote

controller

157

Remote

controller

107

Remote

controller

For centralized

management

For remote

controller

Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW

Piping

Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

Indoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unit

Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW Address SW

Address SWAddress SWAddress SWAddress SWAddress SW

Address SWAddress SW

For centralized

management

For remote

controller

Transmission wire

2

1

NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION

7-1. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM SETUP

[Example : PUMY-125VM1]

42

7-2. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DIAGRAM

Flare

Flare

Flare

Strainer

Strainer

Strainer

Strainer

Strainer

(Refrigerant flow)

Cooling
Heating

Strainer

Compressor
(MC)

Electronic expansion valve (SLEV)

Accumulator

Overcooling heat exchanger

Outdoor heat exchanger

Flare

Liquid pipe

Gas pipe

Connector

Connector

Service port

Service port

Thermistor TH23
for monitoring gas
pipe temperature

Thermistor
TH21 (intake
temperature
detection)

Thermistor
TH22 (piping
temperature
detection)

Indoor heat
exchanger

Linear expansion
valve (LEV)

Thermistor TH2
(Saturation temperature
of suction pressure)

Capillary
tube 2

Capillary
tube 3

Oil
separator

Check valve
(low pressure)

Thermistor THHS
(Radiator panel
temperature sensor)

Thermistor TH6
(outdoor air
temperature sensor)

4-way
valve

High-pressure sensor
discharge pressure sensor
(63HS)

Capillary
tube 1

Check valve
(High prssure)

Electromag­netic valve
(SV1)

Thermistor TH5
(pipng temperature
monitoring and
determination)

Thermistor
TH1 (discharge
temperature
sensor)

Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Refrigerant Piping Specifications (dimensions of flared connector)

Capacity

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

PUMY-71VM
PUMY-71VM

Item

20 , 25 , 32 , 40

50 , 63 , 71, 80

100 , 125

71

125

Capillary tube 1(for return
of oil from oil separator)

1

{2.5 O {0.6 O 500r

Liquid piping Gas piping

{6.35 <1/4”>
{9.52 <3/8”>
{9.52 <3/8”>

{9.52 <3/8”>
{9.52 <3/8”>

Capillary tube 2

(for Evaporating tempera­ture detection)

Capillary tube 3(for maintaining
equilibrium between upper and
lower coils)

{12.7 <1/2”>
{15.88 <5/8”>
{19.05 <3/4”>

{15.88 <5/8”>
{19.05 <3/4”>

({4 O {3.0 O 500r) O 2{2.5 O {0.6 O 500r

PUMY-71VM2
PUMY-125VM

PUMY-125VM
PUMY-125YM/YM1
PUMY-125YMA

1/VM2

{2.5 O {0.6 O 500r

({4 O {3.0 O 200r) O 2{2.5 O {0.6 O 500r

Concerning the Compressor

This system has a scroll compressor. This compressor uses a low pressure shell that typically has a temperature in the
range 30-80°C.
In addition, compressor wiring should be in the direction of rotation to the right. Wire colors are red (U), white(V),
blue or black (W), yellow and yellow (thermal switch).

43

7-3. SYSTEM CONTROL

For indoor-outdoor
transmission wire

Remote
control wire

indoor-outdoor trnasmission cable

2 remote controller

Group operation (maximum
16 indoor units)

Outdoor
unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit Indoor unit

NR

NR

Remote controller
network

Indoor unit Indoor unit

NR NR NR

7-3-1. Operating a Single Refrigerant System

When operating either alone or as part of a group, a M-NET remote controller (NR) may be used to control a single
refrigerant system that does not overlap with any other system.

<Example of system arrangement>

Using a M-NET remote controller (NR)

✽ Address setting must be performed.
✽ The NR wire and indoor and outdoor transmission wires must be a non-polar two wire cable.
✽ One NR may be connected to a maximum of 16 indoor unit.
✽ Two NR units may be used to perform control tasks (the second one pressed will have priority if two are pressed

simultaneously).

✽ If the user plans to install multiple refrigerant

systems and a centralized controller in the
future, it is strongly suggested that a NR be
used.

44

7-3-2. System Controller (SC) to Perform Centralized Control

Transmission
wire for central­ized control

<Room A>

For transmission
wire

PAC-SC33KUA
PAC-SC34KUA

<Room B>

<Room D> <Room E>

<Room C>

Outdoor

unit

Indoor unit

A

Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

Remote controller network

Remote control

wire

Indoor • outdoor transmission wire (Shielded wire)

SC: Centralized controller, linked system control board, group remote controller, etc.

A : M-NET or MA remote controller

(Coexistence of M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller is not admitted in the same system.)

Indoor unit

Indoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unitIndoor unit

Power supply installation

System controller

Outdoor

unit

Indoor • outdoor transmission wire (Shielded wire)

A

A

A

AA

<Example of System Arrangement>

The following diagram shows the use of system controller (SC) to control a system that includes the multiple outdoor unit.

Note 1) The NR, SC, indoor and outdoor unit all require address settings.

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

M-NET R/C (Main)

M-NET R/C (Sub)

SC

MA Remote controller

Linked settings must be made within a group.

The lowest address of an indoor unit within a refrigerant system is +50.

The lowest address of an indoor unit within a group is +100.

The address of the main remote controller is +50.

Unnecessary address setting (Necessary main/sub set-

1 ~ 50

51 ~ 100
101 ~ 150
151 ~ 200

0 or 201 ~ 250

—

2) Indoor unit that may be connected with an SC are shown as follows.

Centralized controller
Multi-unit controller board
Group controller

3) There may be a maximum of two controllers when a group has 16 indoor units or less.

4) The transmission wire must have a power supply when an SC is used. Please connect the power supply for
the transmission wire to the centralized controller transmission wire.

SC with 2 units or less
SC with 3 to 5 units

5) Use a shielded wire (at least 1.25mm2)for the indoor, outdoor, and centralized controller transmission wires.

In addition, all shielded wires in a system must be grounded at one point. If the length of the remote control
wire exceeds 10m, use an insulated wire for the extra portion.

50 group /50 units
24 group /50 units
8 group /16 units

Power supply for transmission wire PAC-SC33KU
Power supply for transmission wire PAC-SC34KU

45

7-3-3. Example for the System

OC

IC

(051)

M1 M2

S

TB512TB15

12

TB15

NR

(001)

IC

M1 M2

S

TB5

(002)

NR

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

L2

L1

r1 L3

r2

TB6

(101)

TB6

(102)

OC

(051)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(001)

IC

TB5

(002)

NR

TB6

(101)

NR

TB6

(151)

NR

TB6

(102)

NR

TB6

(152)

M1 M2 S

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

12

TB15

12

TB15

OC

IC

(051)

M1 M2 S

TB5

NR

(001)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(002)

TB6

(101)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

Main

Sub

12

TB15

12

TB15

• Example for wiring control cables, wiring method and address setting, permissible lengths, and the prohibited items are listed
in the standard system with detailed explanation.
The explanation for the system in this section : Use one single outdoor unit and multiple outdoor units for M-NET remote

control system.
Use one single outdoor unit and multiple indoor units in the multiple outdoor
units for the M-NET remote control system.

A. Example of a M-NET remote controller system (address setting is necessary.)

Example of wiring control cables Wiring Method and Address Setting

1. Standard operation

a. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 on

transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor unit
(OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission
cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). Use
non-polarized two wire.

b. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission

cable terminal block (TB5) for each indoor unit with
the terminal block (TB6) for the remote controller
(NR).

c. Set the address setting switch as shown below.

• One remote controller for each
indoor unit.

• Inside ( ) Address: There is no need
for setting the 100 position on the
remote controller.

2. Operation using two remote controllers

• Using two remote controllers
for each indoor unit.

Main

3. Group operation

• Multiple indoor units operated
together by one remote
controller

Combinations of 1through 3 above are possible.

Sub

Main

Sub

Unit

Indoor unit (IC)

Outdoor unit

(OC)

Remote

controller (NR)

Range

001 to 050
051 to 100
101 to 150

Setting Method

Use the most recent
address of all the indoor
unit plus 50.
Indoor unit address plus

100.

a. Same as above.
b. Same as above.
c. Set address switch as shown below.

Unit

Indoor Unit (IC)

Outdoor unit

(OC)

Main Remote

Controller (NR)

Sub Remote

Controller (NR)

Range

001 to 050
051 to 100

101 to 150
151 to 200

Setting Method

Use the most recent
address of all the indoor
units plus 50.
Indoor unit address plus

100.
Indoor unit address plus

150.

a. Same as above.
b. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on transmission cable

terminal block (TB5) of the IC main unit with the most
most recent address within the same indoor unit (IC)
group to terminal block (TB6) on the remote controller.

c. Set the address setting switch as shown below.

Unit

IC (Main)

IC (Sub)

Outdoor Unit

Main Remote

Controller

Sub Remote

Controller

Range

001 to 050

001 to 050

051 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200

Use the most recent address within
the same group of indoor units.
Use an address, other than that of
the IC (Main) from among the units
within the same group of indoor
units. This must be in sequence with
the IC (Main).
Use the most recent address of all
the indoor units plus 50.
Set at an IC (Main) address within
the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within
the same group plus 150.

Setting Method

d. Use the indoor unit (IC) within the group with the
most functions as the IC (Main) unit.

46

—

—

• Name, Symbol and the Maximum Units for Connection

OC

IC

Main Sub

(051)

M1 M2 S

TB5

NR

(001)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(002)

TB6

(102)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

1

2

TB15

1

2

TB15

1

2

TB15

1

2

TB15

IC

M1 M2

SM1 M2

S

TB5

(001)

IC

TB5

(002)

NR

Main Sub Main Sub

TB6

(101)

NR

TB6

(151)

NR

TB6

(102)

NR

TB6

(104)

NR

TB6

(103)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

OC

(051)

12

TB15

12

TB15

IC

M1 M2 S1

2M1 M2

S

TB5

TB6

TB15

1

2

TB15

(001)

IC

TB5

(002)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

OC

(051)

MANR

(101)

Name

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Network remote

controller

Symbol

OC

IC

NR

VM

VM1/VM2

YM/YM1/YMA

VM

VM1/VM2

YM/YM1/YMA

Maximum units for connection

One OC unit can be connect to 2-5 units (Type 71:2-4units)
One OC unit can be connect to 1-8 units (Type 71:1-4units)
One OC unit can be connect to 1-8 units
Maximum two units for one, Maximum 10 units for one OC (Type 71:8units)
Maximum two units for one, Maximum 10 units for one OC (Type 71:8units)
Maximum two units for one, Maximum 16 units for one OC

Permissible Lengths Prohibited items

Longest transmission cable length
(1.25 mm
L

1 + L2, L2 + L3, L3 + L1 [ 200m

2

)

Remote controller cable length

1. If 0.5 to 0.75 mm

2

R1, R2 [10m

2. If the length exceeds 10 meters,
the exceeding section should
be 1.25 mm

2

and that section
should be a value within the
total extension length of the
transmission cable and
maximum transmission cable

length. (L

3)

Same as above

• M-NET remote controller(NR) and MA remote controller(MA) cannot be used together.

• Do not connect anything with TB15 of indoor unit(IC).

• Use the indoor unit(IC)
address plus 150 as
the sub remote controller
address. In this case, it
should be 152.

• Three or more remote
controller (NR) cannot
be connected to one
indoor unit.

Same as above

• The remote controller
address is the indoor

unit main address plus

100. In this case, it
should be 101.

47

B. Example of a group operation system with two or more outdoor units and a M-NET remote controller.

M1 M2 S

M1 M2 S

TB7

TB3

IC

(051)

M1 M2 S

TB512TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

NR

(001)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(002)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(004)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(003)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(005)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(007)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(006)

L1

L8

R1

R4

L9

L2 L3 L4

L5 L6 L7

TB6

(101)

NR

TB6

(105)

NR

TB6

(103)

NR

TB6

(155)

CN40

OC

Between
terminal blocks

M1 M2 S

M1 M2 S

TB7

TB3

(052)

OC

R2

R3

Shielded wire

(Shielding wires and address settings are necessary.)

Examples of Transmission Cable WiringWiring Method Address Settings

Group 3

Group 5Group 1

Sub remote
controller

( ) Address

a. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC), as well

for all OC-OC, and IC-IC wiring intervals.

b. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block

(TB3) of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal S on the transmission cable block of the
indoor unit (IC).

c. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most

recent address within the same group to the terminal block (TB6) on the remote controller (NR).

d. Connect together terminals M1, M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor

unit (OC).

e. Use the grounded wire to connect the S-terminal on the transmission terminal of the outdoor unit (OC) and the

grounded terminal for the electrical components box.
f. On one outdoor unit only, change the jumper connector on the control panel from CN41 to CN40.
g. Connect the terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor unit (OC) for the unit into which

the jumper connector was inserted into CN40 in Step above to the ground terminal ; in the electrical component

box.
h. Set the address setting switch as follows.

Unit

IC (Main)

IC (Sub)

Outdoor Unit

Main Remote Controller

Sub Remote Controller

i. The group setting operations among the multiple indoor units is done by the remote controller (NR) after the electrical

power has been turned on.

001 to 050
001 to 050

051 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200

Range

Use the most recent address within the same group of indoor units.
Use an address, other than that of the IC (Main) from among the units within

the same group of indoor units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main).
Use the most recent address of all the indoor units plus 50.

Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 100.
Set at an IC (Main) address within the same group plus 150.

48

Setting Method

• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection

M1 M2 S

TB7

IC

(051)

M1 M2 S

TB512TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

NR

Shielded wire

Remote
controller

(001)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(002)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(004)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(003)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(005)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(007)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(006)

TB6

(101)

NR

TB6

(105)

NR

TB6

(103)

NR

TB6

(155)

CN40

OC

M1 M2 S

TB7

(052)

OC

M1 M2 S

TB3

M1 M2 S

TB3

12

TB15

12

TB15

12

TB15

• Max length via outdoor units : L1+L2+L3+L4+L5+L6+L7+L9
L1+L2+L3+L4+L5+L6+L8+L9 [ 500 meters (1.25mm2)

• Max transmission cable length : L

• Remote controller cable length : R

1+L2+L3+L4, L5+L6+L7, L5+L6+L8, L7+L8 [ 200 meters (1.25mm

1,R2, R3, R4 [ 10 meters (0.5 to 0.75mm

If the length exceeds 10 meters, use a 1.25 mm

tion (L

Permissible Length

8) should be included in the calculation of the maximum length and overall length.

2

)

2

)

2

shielded wire. The length of this sec-

Prohibited items

Group 3

Group 5Group 1

• The terminal S on the terminal block (TB7) for the central control panel should be connected to the ground terminal ;

of the electric components box for one outdoor unit only.

• Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to

different outdoor units (OC).

• Set all addresses to ensure that they are not overlapped.

• It cannot be connected M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller with indoor unit of the same group using

together.

49

C. Example of a MA remote controller system (address setting is not necessary.)

OC

IC

(000)

M1 M2

S 21 21

TB5 TB15 TB15

MA

(000)

IC

M1 M2

S

TB5

(000)

MA

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

L2

L1

r1

r2

OC

(000)

IC

M1 M2 12 12S

TB5 TB15 TB15

(000)

IC

TB5

(000)

MA MA

M1 M2 S

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

MA MA

r3

r5

r4

r6

r7

r7

OC

IC

(000)

M1 M2 S 1 2

TB5 TB15

12

TB15

MA

(000)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(000)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

NOTE : In the case of same group operation, need to set the address that is only main indoor unit.

Example of wiring control cables Wiring Method and Address Setting

1. Standard operation

a. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1 and M2 on

transmission cable block (TB3) for the outdoor unit
(OC) to terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission
cable block (TB5) of each indoor unit (IC). Use
non-polarized two wire.

b. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable

terminal block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the
terminal block for the MA remote controller (MA).

• One remote controller for each
indoor unit.

• Inside ( ) Address: There is no need
for setting the 100 position on the
remote controller.

2. Operation using two remote controllers

• Using two remote controllers
for each indoor unit.

3. Group operation

• Multiple indoor units operated
together by one remote
controller

Combinations of 1through 3 above are possible.

a. The same as above.
b. The same as above.
c. In the case of using tow remote controllers, connect

terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable terminal
block (TB15) for each indoor unit with the terminal
block for tow remote controllers.

· Set the sub remote controller position for one of
MA remote controller’s main switch.

Refer to the installation manual of MA remote

controller

a. The same as above.
b. The same as above.
c. Connect terminals 1 and 2 on transmission cable ter-

minal block (TB15) of each indoor unit, which is doing
group operation with the terminal block the MA remote
controller. Use non-polarized tow wire.

d. In the case of same group operation, need to set the

address that is only main indoor unit. Please set the
address of the indoor unit with the most functions in
the same group in the number that 01-50 is young.

50

Permissible Lengths Prohibited items

IC

M1 M2 S1

2M1 M2

S

TB5 TB15

1

2

TB15

(001)

IC

TB5

(002)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

OC

(051)

MAMA

IC

M1 M2 S1

2M1 M2

S

TB5 TB15

1

2

TB15

(000)

IC

TB5

(000)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

OC

(000)

MA MAMAMAMA

IC

M1 M2 S1

2M1 M2

S

TB5 TB15

1

2

TB15

(000)

IC

TB5

(000)

M1 M2 SM1 M2 S

TB3 TB7

OC

(000)

MAMANR

Longest transmission cable length
L

1 + L2 [ 200m (1.25 mm

2

)

MA remote controller cable length

R

1, R2 [ 200m (0.3 ~ 1.25 mm

2

Longest transmission cable length
The same as above.
MA remote controller cable length

R

3 +R4, R5 +R6 [ 200m

(0.3 ~ 1.25 mm

2

)

The MA remote controller and the
M-NET remote controller cannot be
used together with the indoor unit

)

the of the same group.

Three MA remote controller or
more cannot be connect with the
indoor unit of the same group.

Longest transmission cable length
The same as above.
MA remote controller cable length

R

7 +R8 [ 200m (0.3 ~ 1.25 mm

The second MA remote control is
connected with the terminal
block(TB15) for the MA remote con-

2

)

trol of the same indoor unit(IC) as
the first remote control.

51

D. Example of a group operation with two or more outdoor units and a MA remote controller.

M1 M2 S

M1 M2 S

TB7

TB3

IC

(051)

M1 M2 S 1 2

TB5 TB15

MA

(001)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(002)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5 TB15

(004)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(003)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5 TB15

(005)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5 TB15TB15TB15

(007)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5 TB15

(006)

L

1

L8

R1

R4

L9

L2 L3 L4

L5 L6 L7

MA

MA

MA

Sub remote

controller

CN40 CN41

CN41

OC

Between
terminal blocks

M1 M2 S

M1 M2 S

TB7

TB3

(052)

OC

R2

R3

Shielded wire

12

12

12 12

12 12

(Shielding wires and address settings are necessary.)

Examples of Transmission Cable WiringWiring Method Address Settings

Group 3

Group 5Group 1

( ) Address

a. Always use shielded wire when making connections between the outdoor unit (OC) and the indoor unit (IC), as well

for all OC-OC, and IC-IC wiring intervals.

b. Use feed wiring to connect terminals M1, M2 and S and the ground terminal on the transmission cable terminal block

(TB3) of each outdoor unit (OC) to terminals M1, M2 and S on the transmission cable block (TB15) of the
indoor unit (IC).

c. Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the transmission cable terminal block of the indoor unit (IC) that has the most

Unit

001 to 050
001 to 050

051 to 100

Range

Use the most recent address within the same group of indoor units.
Use an address, other than that of the IC (Main) from among the units within

the same group of indoor units. This must be in sequence with the IC (Main).
Use the most recent address of all the indoor units plus 50.

recent address within the same group to the terminal block on the remote controller (MA).

d. Connect together terminals M1, M2 and terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor

unit (OC).

e. Use the grounded wire to connect the S-terminal on the transmission terminal of the outdoor unit (OC) and the

grounded terminal for the electrical components box.
f. On one outdoor unit only, change the jumper connector on the control panel from CN41 to CN40.
g. Connect the terminal S on the terminal block for central control (TB7) for the outdoor unit (OC) for the unit into which

the jumper connector was inserted into CN40 in Step above to the ground terminal ; in the electrical component box.
h. Set the address setting switch as follows.

IC (Main)

IC (Sub)

Outdoor Unit

Setting Method

52

• Name, Symbol, and the Maximum Units for Connection

M1 M2 S

TB7

IC

(051)

M1 M2 S 1 2 1 2 1 2

TB5 TB15

12

TB15 TB15 TB15

MA

Shielded wire

(001)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(002)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(004)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(003)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(005)

IC

M1 M2 S

TB5

(007)

IC

Group 1 Group 3 Group 5

M1 M2 S

TB5

(006)

MA

MA

MA

CN40

OC

M1 M2 S

TB7

(052)

OC

M1 M2 S

TB3

M1 M2 S

TB3

1212

TB15 TB15

12

TB15

• Max length via outdoor units : L1+L2+L3+L4+L5+L6+L7+L9
L1+L2+L3+L4+L5+L6+L8+L9 [ 500 meters (1.25mm2)

• Max transmission cable length : L

• Remote controller cable length : R

1+L2+L3+L4, L5+L6+L7, L5+L6+L8, L7+L8 [ 200 meters (1.25mm

1,R2, R3, R4 [ 10 meters (0.5 to 0.75mm

If the length exceeds 10 meters, use a 1.25 mm

tion (L

Permissible Length

8) should be included in the calculation of the maximum length and overall length.

2

)

2

)

2

shielded wire. The length of this sec-

Prohibited items

• The terminal S on the terminal block (TB7) for the central control panel should be connected to the ground terminal ;

of the electric components box for one outdoor unit only.

• Never connect together the terminal blocks (TB5) for transmission wires for indoor units (IC) that have been connected to

different outdoor units (OC).

• M-NET remote controller and MA remote controller cannot be connected with the indoor unit of the same group wring

together

53

8 TROUBLESHOOTING

PAR-20MAA

ON/OFF

TEST RUN

˚C

1Hr.

FILTER

CHECK TEST

TEMP.

TIMER SET

Check code indicator (see NOTE 1)
Test run remaining time indicator (see NOTE 3)

Display panel

On/Off button 9

On/Off LED (Lights up in operation)

Wind adiust button 6

Test run button 2

Air speed adjust button 5

Test run indicator

Indoor unit liquid pipe temperature indicator

(see NOTE 4)

Cooling/Heating
select button 3,4

Control panel

8-1. CHECK POINTS FOR TEST RUN

8-1-1. Procedures for test run

(1) Check after connection is completed: Check whether the installation, piping installation, electrical wiring is completed before test run.

• Installation: Check that the decorative panel of inset series is installed.

✻ The wires on the decorative panel cannot be operation if connection is not completed.

• Piping : Check that the refrigerant and the drain pipe are qualified for leakage test. Also, warm protection measures should
be adopted for connection parts.

✻ Check that additional charge for refrigerant is completed and to make sure that the liquid side and the gas side of the valve

is completely open.

• Electrical wiring: Check that the grounded wire, transmission wire, the remote controller wire and power supply cord are connected.

✻ Please check that the switch for the specific address setting, and the setting for optional specifications.

(2) Safety check: The resistance between the 500V Mega Ohm measurement table for power supply terminal block (twice for switch) and the

grounded wiring (the metal parts for refrigerant wiring and the electrical components box for machines) should be 1.0 MΩ or more.

✻ Do not contact the transmission wire and the remote controller wire, etc. with the 500V Mega Ohm table.
✻ Check all the wiring for outdoor/indoor unit and other linked installation.
✻ Do not continue any operation before confirming the insulated resistance (1.0 MΩ or more).

(3) Preparation for operation: Set the main switch of the remote controller circuit to the “ON” position.

1 Entries for the control system should be made on the remote controller.
✻ Refer to 2. Guide to special function operation and settings for entries of the control system (P.55).
2 Set the main switch of the outdoor unit to the “ON” position after entries are made.
✻ Do not operate the operate/stop switch on the remote controller.

Set the main switch of the outdoor switch to the “ON” position for 12 hours or above before operation starts.

The reason for setting the main switch to the “ON” position is to supply power to protect the compressor.

(4) Test run: Test run can be now started. Set all the main switch to the “ON” position.

• Fill in the test run performance report.

• Follow the instructions below for test run.

(5) Operating instructions: Hand in the operation manual and the report for test run performance to the client with a clear explanation for

proper use.

✻ If abnormalities are occurred during the test run, please refer to corrective measures for problems occurring during the test run

(Page 57).

✻ Refer to the internal switch function table (Page 80) for the outdoor internal switch function.

Operation procedure

1 Turn on universal power supply at least 12 hours before getting started ➔ displaying “HO” on display panel for about three minutes.
2 Press TEST RUN button twice ➔ displaying “TEST RUN” on display panel.
3 Press a select button ➔ check whether air is blowing out.
4 Press a select button to change from cooling to heating operation, and make sure that warm or cold air is blowing out.
5 Press l adjust button ➔ Check whether air speed is changed.
6 Press or k button to change wind ➔ Check whether horizontal or downward blow is adjustable.
7 Check whether outdoor unit fans operate normally.
8 Check whether interlocking devices such as ventilator operate normally if any.
9 Press ON/OFF button to cancel test run ➔ Stop operation.

NOTE 1: If check code is displayed on remote controller or remote controller does not operate normally, see page 57.
NOTE 2: Test run automatically stops operating after two hours by activation of timer set to two hours.
NOTE 3: During the test run, the test run remaining time is displayed on time display section.
NOTE 4: During the test run, temperature of liquid pipe in indoor unit is displayed on remote controller room temp,display section.
NOTE 5: When pressing adjust button, depending on the model, “This function is not available” may be displayed on remote

controller. However, it is not a malfunction.

54

8-1-2. Special Function Operation and Settings (for M-NET Remote Controller)

The addresses of indoor
unit and linked units are
displayed simultaneously.

(altenating
display)

These alternating IC or LC displays will appear
when entry is completed normally.

A flashing “88” will appear if there is a
problem with the entry (indicating that the
unit does not exist).

• It is necessary to perform “group settings” and “paired settings” when making group settings of different refrigerant
systems (multiple outdoor unit).
(A) Group settings: Enter the indoor unit controlled by the remote controller, check the content of entries, and clear

entries, etc.

(B) Paired settings: Used to set the linked operation of a Lossnay unit.

(1) Entering address: Follow the steps below to enter the addresses of the indoor unit using the remote controller.

■ Group settings

• Turning off the remote controller: Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).

• Changing to indoor unit address display mode: If the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller are
pressed simultaneously and held for two seconds, the display shown in Figure 1 will appear.

• Changing address: Press the temperature adjustment buttons to change the displayed address to the
address to be entered.

• Entering the displayed address: Press the TEST RUN button to enter the indoor unit with the displayed address.
The type of the unit will be displayed as shown in Figure 2 if entry is completed normally.
If a selected indoor unit does not exist, an error signal will be displayed as shown in Figure 3. When this happens,
check whether the indoor unit actually exists and perform entry again.

• Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons simultaneously and
hold for two seconds to return to the normal mode.

Figure 1 (A) Group setting display

■ Paired Settings

• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller’s ON/OFF button to turn it off (the indicator light will go off).

• Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously
and hold for two seconds.

✻The above steps are the same as when making group settings (A).

• Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: The display shown in Figure 4 will appear when the
button on the remote control is pressed.

• Displaying the address of the Lossnay unit and linked indoor unit: In this situation, the indoor unit
number will be the lowest address of the group. The Lossnay unit will not operate if this setting is

incorrect.

✻If the temperature adjustment buttons are pressed, the address may be changed to the indoor unit that are

to be linked.

✻If the time setting buttons are pressed, the address of the linked units may be changed to the address where

it is desired to enter the Lossnay .

• Linking the Lossnay and the indoor unit: The display shown in Figure 5 will appear when the TEST RUN
button is pressed. The indoor unit whose address is displayed and the Lossnay unit with a linked address
will operate in a linked manner.

✻If it is desired to display the address of the Lossnay in the indoor unit address, display the indoor

unit address in the linked unit address, and the above content will also be recorded.

✻ Apart from the indoor unit with the lowest address in the group, display and enter the addresses of the other indoor unit

that are to be linked with the Lossnay unit.

• Returning to the normal mode after completing entry: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller
simultaneously and hold for two seconds to return to the normal mode.

Figure 2 Normal completion of entry

Figure 3 Entry error signal

Flashing “88” indicates entry errorType of unit is displayed

a

Figure 4 (B) Making paired settings

Figure 5 Completing normal entry

55

(2) Address check: Refer to section (1) concerning address entry.

"88" will appear in the room temperature display location.

"--" will appear in the room temperature
display location.

■ When making group settings:

• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).

• Locate the indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously
and hold for two seconds.

• Display indoor unit address: The entered indoor units address and type will be displayed each time the button is pressed.

✻ When one entry is made, only one address will be displayed no matter how many times the w button is pressed.

• Returning to the normal mode after completing check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller and
hold for two seconds to return to the normal mode.

■ When making paired settings:

• Turn off the remote controller: Press the remote controller's ON/OFF button to stop operation (the indicator light will go off).

• Put in indoor unit address display mode: Press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller simultaneously and hold for two
seconds.

• Changing to the linked operation unit address display state: Press the a button on the remote control.

• Displaying the address of the indoor unit to be checked: Change the address to that of the indoor unit to be checked by pressing the tempera­ture adjustment buttons .

• Displaying the address of the linked Lossnay unit: Press the w button to display the addresses of the linked Lossnay and indoor unit in
alternation.

• Displaying the addresses of other entered units: The addresses of the other entered units will be displayed in alternating fashion after resting
the w button again.

• Returning to the normal mode after completing the check: Simultaneously press the FILTER and k buttons on the remote controller
and hold for two seconds to return to the normal mode.

(3) Clearing an address: Refer to section (1) regarding the address entry and section (2) regarding checking addresses.

■ When making group settings:

• Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is the same as in the ■ group settings part of section (1) on checking the address.

• Put in the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is the same as in the group ■ settings part of section (2) on checking the

address.

• Displaying the indoor unit address to be cleared: The procedure is the same as in the group ■ settings part of section (2) on checking the

address.

• Clearing indoor unit address:.......Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address entry of the

displayed indoor unit, resulting in the display shown in Figure 6.
The display shown in Figure 7 will appear if an abnormality occurs and the entry is not
cleared. Please repeat the clearing procedure.

• Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is the same as in the group ■ settings part of section (2) on
checking the address.

Figure 6 Display after address has been

cleared normally

Figure 7 Display when an abnormality

has occurred during clearing

■ When making paired settings:

• Turn off the remote controller: The procedure is the same as in the group ■ settings part of section (2) on checking the address.

• Put into the indoor unit address display mode: The procedure is the same as in the group ■ settings part of section (2) on checking the

address.

• Put into the linked unit address display mode: The procedure is the same as in the group ■ settings part of section (2) on checking the
address.

• Display the address of the Lossnay unit or the indoor unit to be cleared.

• Deleting the address of a linked indoor unit: Pressing the q button on the remote controller twice will clear the address entry of the dis-

played indoor unit, resulting in the display shown in Figure 8.

• Returning to the normal mode after clearing an address: The procedure is the same as in the group ■ settings part of section (2) on check­ing the address.

Figure 8 Display after address has been cleared normally

"--" will appear in the unit type display location when an address has

(altenating
display)

been cleared normally.
"88" will appear in the unit type display location when an abnormality

has occurred during clearing.

56

8-1-3. Corrective Measures for Symptom Occurring During Test Run

12 34 56 78 LD1

Check code Check codeTrouble Trouble

1102
1108
1302
1500
1501
1505
2502
2503
4115
4116
4220
4230
4250

5101

5102
5103

5105
5106
5110

Discharge temperature trouble
Compressor's inner thermal sensor trouble
High pressure trouble
Excessive refrigerant replenishment
Insufficient refrigerant
Vacuum operation protection
Drain pump trouble
Drain sensor trouble (THd)
Power synchronization signal trouble
Indoor unit fan rotation trouble
Inverter main voltage drop
Overheat protection of radiator panel
Multiple IPM errors

Intake thermistor trouble (TH21) or discharge
thermistor trouble (TH1)

Liquid pipe thermistor trouble (TH22) or intake pressure
saturation pressure thermistor trouble (TH2)

Gas pipe temperature sensor trouble (TH23)
Piping temperature sensor trouble (TH5)
Outdoor temperature sensor trouble (TH6)
IPM heat sink thermistor trouble (THHS)

Pressure sensor trouble (63HS)
Duplicated unit address setting

Transmission error (Transmission processor
hardware error)

Transmission error (Transmission route BUSY)
Transmission and reception error

(Communication trouble with transmission processor)
Transmission and reception error (No ACK error)

No response
MA communication receive signal error

(no receive signal)
MA communication send signal error

(starting bit detection error)
MA communication send error (H/W error)
MA communication receive error

(Synchronous recovery error)
total capacity error

Capacity code error
Connecting unit number error
Address set error
Remote controller sensor trouble

5201
6600

6602
6603

6606
6607

6608
6831

6832
6833

6834
7100

7101
7102
7105

7111

• If a problem occurs during test run, a code number will appear in the temperature display area on the remote controller
(or LD1 on the outdoor unit), and the air conditioning system will automatically cease operating.

Determine the nature of the abnormality and apply corrective measures.

The operational status of the outdoor unit controller is displayed on the LD1 of the outdoor unit under normal conditions (when
all SW1’s are OFF)

Field

Display item

Example: When the air conditioner is in the heating mode and the SV1 and compressor turned on.

1

Compressor

is operating

2

52C

3

21S4

4

SV1

52C : Compressor Contactor
21S4 : Four-way valve
SV1 : Bypass valve

57

5

6

7

8

Lit steadily

Display

1102

Meaning and detecting method

Discharge temperature abnormality

When the discharge temperature thermistor

1

(TH1) detects 125
the compressor stops and restarts operation
in 3 minutes.

2

When the thermistor detects 125
again (2nd detection) within 30 minutes
since the compressor has stopped, the
compressor stops and restarts operation in 3
minutes.

3

When the thermistor detects 125
again (3rd detection) within 30 minutes since
the compressor has stopped 2 times, the
compressor stops abnormally. <1102> is
displayed.

4

When the thermistor detects 125; or
more after 30 minutes since the
compressor has stopped (1st or 2nd time),
it becomes the 1st detection or the same

performance as above-mentioned 1.

5

It is being delay for abnormal stop during 30
minutes since the compressor has stopped.
In this time, check delay code <1202> will
be displayed.

;or more (1st detection),

;or more

;or more

Causes

1) Gas leakage, Gas shortage

2) Overloaded operation

3) Indoor linear expansion valve
operation defective

4) Ball valve operation defective

5) Outdoor fan block and defective of
fan motor (heating mode)

6) Gas leakage between high and low
pressure (Defective of 4-way valve or
compressor)

7) Solenoid valve (SV1) performance
defective (control failure to prevent the
discharge temp. from rising by SV1)

8) Thermistor defective

9) Input circuit defective of multi
controller board

Check points

Check the refrigerant amount.
Check the indoor/outdoor unit operating

condition and status.

Perform cool or heat operation to check
the condition.

Check ball valve is fully opened.
Check the outdoor fan motor.

Check the operating condition.

Check the solenoid valve performance.

Check the thermistor resistance.

Check the intake temperature in
discharge temperature thermistor (TH1)
by LD1. (See 5101 Discharge
temperature thermistor error)

1108

1302

Compressor inner thermo abnormality
When the inner thermo performs (1st

1

detection) during the compressor operation,
the compressor stops and restarts operation
in 3 minutes.

When the inner thermo performs again (2nd

2

detection) within 30 minutes since the
compressor has stopped, or does not
recover within 30 minutes, it stops
abnormally. In this time <1108> is displayed.

When the inner thermo performs after 30

3

minutes since the compressor has stopped
(1st stop), it is the 1st detection and
becomes the same performance as above-

mentioned
It is being delay for abnormal stop during

4

30 minutes since the compressor has
stopped. In this time, check delay code
<1208> will be displayed.

High-pressure pressure abnormality
When high-pressure pressure sensor

1

detects 2.94MPa or more (1st detection)
during the compressor operation, the
compressor stops and restarts operation in
3 minutes

1.

1) Low voltage supplied to power supply
terminal block

2) Power supply L2 or L3 phase is
opened. (When L1 phase is opened,
power supply of the micro computer is
not supplied.)

3) Compressor failure(Over current by
motor rare short, etc.)

4) Overloaded operation

5) Gas leakage, Gas shortage

6) Inner thermo defective

7) Input circuit defective of multi
controller board or power supply board

1) Indoor unit short cycle

2) Indoor unit filter clogging

3) Air flow capacity decrease due to
indoor fan dirt

4) Indoor heat exchanger dirt

Measure the terminal voltage.
Check the voltage reduction.

Check the open phase.

Check the coil resistance.

Check the indoor/outdoor unit operating
condition and status.

Check the refrigerant amount.

Check the current flows in inner thermo.

When the inner thermo is normal and
input circuit is defective, even if the
inner thermo performs, the compressor
does not operate and becomes error in
30 minutes.

Check the indoor unit.
Check the indoor unit filter.

Check the indoor fan.

Check the indoor unit heat exchanger.

58

Display

1302

Meaning and detecting method

2

When the sensor detects 2.94MPa or more
again (2nd detection) within 30 minutes
since the compressor has stopped, the
compressor stops again and restarts
operation in 3 minutes.

Causes

5) Indoor fan motor lock Check the indoor fan motor.

6) Indoor fan motor failure Check the indoor fan motor.

7) 4-way valve performance failure
(Stop in the middle of performance)

Change COOL/HEAT operation mode
to perform the 4-way valve. If any
defective, replace the 4-way valve.

Check points

When the sensor detects 2.94MPa or more

3

again (3rd detection) within 30 minutes
after second compressor stop, it stops
abnormally. In this time <1302> is
displayed.

When the sensor detects 2.94MPa or more

4

after 30 minutes since the compressor has
stopped (1st or 2nd time), it becomes the
1st detection or the same performance as

above-mentioned 1.

5

It is being delay for abnormal stop during
30 minutes since the compressor has
stopped. In this time, check delay code
<1402> will be displayed.

Note) For first 3 minutes in HEAT starting,
error detected pressure of high-pressure
pressure sensor is 3.14MPa.

8) Ball valve performance failure (not
full-opened)

9) Pipe clogged or broken

10) Indoor linear expansion valve
performance failure

11) Outdoor fan motor lock

12) Outdoor fan motor failure

13) Outdoor unit short cycle

14) Outdoor heat exchanger dirt

15) Decrease in airflow capacity which
the outdoor unit intakes because of
intake defective of outer temperature
thermistor. (Intake less than the actual
outer air)

16) Indoor unit capacity codes miss
setting (If the capacity code is set
greatly, initial frequency rises and high­pressure is easy to rise.)

17) Solenoid valve (SV1) performance
failure (High-pressure pressure cannot
be controlled by SV1)

18) Indoor thermistor (liquid pipe
temperature detection) detecting failure
(thermistor removed) (Hot adjust time
becomes long.)

19) High-pressure pressure sensor
defective

Check the ball valve full-opened.

Repair the defective points.
Operate COOL or HEAT operation,

and check the operation condition.

Check the outdoor unit fan motor.
Check the outdoor unit fan motor.

Check the outdoor unit.
Check the outdoor unit heat

exchanger.
Check intake temperature of the outer

temperature thermistor by LD1.
(See 5106 Outer temperature
thermistor error)

Check the capacity set switch in the
indoor controller board. If it is wrong
setting reset it. Check is available for
the outdoor unit.
(See 7101 Capacity code error)

Check the solenoid valve
performance.

Check the thermistor installed
condition. Operate in trial mode and
check the pipe temperature change
by the remote controller.

Check the high-pressure pressure
sensor.

20) High-pressure pressure sensor
input circuit defective in multi controller
board.

1500 Refrigerant over charged abnormality 1) Refrigerant over charged Check the refrigerant amount.

When below 5 conditions are satisfied

1

during the compressor operation (1st
detection), the compressor stops and
restarts operation in 3 minutes.

1. Cool mode, outer temp. is 20
Heat mode, outer temp. is 15

; or more

; or less

2) Light-loaded operation (Wrong
determination)

3) Performance defective of the indoors
linear expansion valve and outdoors
electronic expansion valve.

Check the high-pressure pressure
sensor.

Check the indoor/outdoor unit
operating condition and status.

Perform cool or heat operation to
check the condition.

59

Display

1500 2. The compressor has operated

1501

Meaning and detecting method

consecutively 20 minutes or more, since
the indoor unit operation capacity had
changed (including the compressor
operation start).

3. Operation frequency is 80Hz or more.

4. Discharge super heat is below 10

5. Sub cool step continues for 5 minutes
or more by SN=4.

2

Same condition as 1 is satisfied again
within 60 minutes since the compressor
has stopped, it stops abnormally. In this
time, <1500> is displayed.

3

Same condition as 1 is satisfied again
after 60 minutes since the compressor has
stopped (1st time), it becomes the first

detection and same performance as 1.

It is being delay for abnormal stop during

4

60 minutes since the compressor has
stopped. In this time, check delay code
<1600> will be displayed.

Refrigerant shortage abnormality
When the conditions of below detecting

1

mode 1 or 2 are satisfied (1st detection)
during the compressor operation, the
compressor stops and restarts operation in
3 minutes.

<Detecting mode 1>
When the below conditions are satisfied

completely.

1. SW5-5 is OFF.

2. Compressor is operating in HEAT mode. 4) Error detection of discharge super

3. Discharge super heat is 70; or more.

4. Difference of outer temperature thermistor
(TH6) and outdoor piping temp.
thermistor(TH5) applies to the formula of

(TH6-TH5)<5

5. High-pressure pressure sensor is below

1.18MPa.
<Detecting mode 2>
When the below conditions are satisfied

completely.

1. Compressor is operating.

2. When cooling, discharge super heat is

; or more.

80
When heating, discharge super heat is 90;

or more.
When the conditions of detecting mode

2

1and 2are satisfied again (2nd detection)
within 30 minutes since the compressor has
stopped, it stops abnormally. In this time,
<1501> is displayed.

When the conditions of detecting mode

3

1and 2are satisfied again after 30 minutes
since the compressor has stopped (1st
time), it becomes the 1st detection and

same performance as above
It is being delay for abnormal stop during 30

4

minutes since the compressor has stopped.
In this time, check delay code <1600> will
be displayed.

;.

1.

;.

Causes

4) Discharge super heat detection error

1 High-pressure pressure sensor

failure

2 Discharge temperature thermistor

failure

3 Thermistor input circuit defective in

the multi controller board., and high­pressure pressure sensor input circuit
failure

1) Gas leakage, Gas shortage Check the refrigerant amount.

2) When heating operation, refrigerant
shortage feeling operation

(When heating, air flow or thermo OFF
are mixed-operation, it cause a
refrigerant shortage operation.)

3) Ball valve performance failure (not
full opened.)

heat

1 High-pressure pressure sensor

defective

2 Discharge temperature thermistor

defective

3 Thermistor input circuit defective and

high-pressure pressure sensor
defective in multi controller board

5) Error detection of TH5/TH6

1

Check the high-pressure pressure
sensor.

Check the resistance of discharge

2

temp. thermistor.
Set the SW1 to and

3

check the high-pressure pressure
sensor level.

Set the SW1 to and
check the discharge temp. thermistor
level.

When the high-pressure pressure
sensor and discharge temp. thermistor
are normal, if the above mentioned
detecting pressure level and temp. are
big different from the actual pressure
and temp., replace the multi controller
board.

Check the operation condition and
refrigerant amount.

Check the ball valve is full opened.

Check the high-pressure pressure

1

sensor.
Check the resistance of discharge

2

temperature thermistor.
Set the SW1 to and

3

check the high-pressure pressure
sensor level.

Set the SW1 to and
check the discharge temp. thermistor
level.

When the high-pressure pressure
sensor and discharge temp. thermistor
are normal, if the above mentioned
detecting pressure level and temp. are
big different from the actual pressure
and temp. replace the multi controller
board.

Check the resistance of thermister.

1

Check points

21345678

on

21345678

on

21345678

on

21345678

on

1 Thermistor defective

21345678

2 Thermistor input circuit defective in

multi controller board

Set the SW1 to and

2

check the outdoor pipe temp.
thermistor level.

3

Set the SW1 to and
check the outer temp.
thermistor level.

on

21345678

on

60

Display

1505

Meaning and detecting method

Vacuum operation protection

When the suction pressure saturation
temperature thermistor(TH2) detects -20;
or less for 4 consecutive minutes or more
during the 1st COOL operation (compressor
operation) after power supply on, it stops
abnormally. In this time, <1505> is
displayed

Causes

1) Ball valve performance failure (not
full opened.)

2) Light-loaded operation (When outer
temperature is low, the operation is
liable to change to this mode.)

3) Low-pressure over suction by
refrigerant shortage

Check points

Check the ball valve is full opened.

Check the indoor/outdoor unit
operating condition and status.

Check the refrigerant amount.

2502 Drain pump abnormality

When either of the undermentioned

1

condition is satisfied (when determined
drain sensor goes under water) while the
indoor unit operation (excluding the case of
abnormal stop) and after 3minutes since the
drain pump has operated, the indoor unit
stops abnormally (however fan continues
the normal control). In this time, <2502> is
displayed.

· Turn on the side heater of drain sensor,
then when temperature up from the
detected temperature before turning on is
below 20; during 40 seconds.

· The detected temperature is below 63;
after 40seconds since the side heater of
drain sensor has turned on.

4) Pipe clogging and broken

5) Indoor linear expansion valve
performance defective

1) Drain pump trouble

2) Drain defective

· Drain pump clogging

· Drain pipe clogging

3) Open circuit of drain sensor side
heater

4) Contact failure of drain sensor
connector

5) Dew condensation on drain sensor

· Drain water descends along lead wire.

· Drain water waving due to filter
clogging.

Repair the defective points.
Perform cool or heat operation to

check the condition.

Check the drain pump.
Performance

Please confirm whether water can be
drained.

Confirm the resistance of the drain
sensor side heater. (approx. 82’ at
normal between connector CN50 1
and 3 in the indoor controller board)

Check the connector contact failure.

1

Check the drain sensor lead- wire
mounted.

Check the filter clogging

2

When condition which the outdoor unit is

2

stopped forcibly consists, or the drain
sensor detects continuously to go under
water 5 times, and also detects ''[liquid pipe
temperature-suction temperature][ -10deg''
for 30minutes continuously, the indoor unit
stops abnormally (however, fan operates by
normal control) that indoor unit and
excluding [Fan mode or OFF] in same
refrigerant system. Also, the outdoor unit
which is connected to that indoor unit with
refrigerant system stops abnormality
(compressor is inhibited to operation). In
this time, <2502> is displayed.

6) Indoor controller board defective

· Drain pump drive circuit failure

· Drain heater output circuit failure

7) Both of above mentioned 1)~6) and
the indoor linear expansion valve full­closed failure (leakage) happens
synchronismtically.

If the above mentioned checkpoints
has any problem, replace the indoor
controller board.

Check whether the indoor linear
expansion valve leaks or not.

61

Display

2502 Drain pump abnormality

2503 Drain sensor (THd, DS) abnormality

Meaning and detecting method

(Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the indoor unit
which is cause of trouble.

<Detected timing>

Always detecting regardless of the indoor
unit status.

<Abnormality clear>

Abnormality is cleared by either of two of the
following;

· Reset power supply of the indoor unit and
outdoor unit in same refrigerant system,
which is the cause of trouble in the
refrigerant system.

· Reset power supply of the indoor unit,
which is the cause of trouble. (However,
power supply interception of 10 minutes or
more is necessary.)

(Note) Above 1 and 2 detects independently.

When the drain sensor detects short/open
while the operation.

Short: detection of 90; or more

Open: detection of -40; or less

Causes

1) Connector(CN50) contact failure
(insertion failure)

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection

Check points

Check whether the indoor controller

1

board connector (CN50) is
disconnected or not.

2

Check whether the thermistor wiring is
disconnected or not.

4115

Power supply synchronous signal
abnormality

When power supply synchronous signal

1

(once a second) is not read, stop the
compressor and restarts operation in 3
minutes. (When the synchronous signal is
not read at just before of compressor start,
the compressor does not start and stops
operation 3 minutes.)

2

For 30minutes after the compressor stop, it
is being to delay abnormal stop. Then,
when SW1 is set, the outdoor units address
No. and check code <4165> blinks on the 4
digit digital display alternately.
SW1 setting

When power supply synchronous signal

3

(once a second) is not read again during
abnormal delay, the compressor stops
abnormally. Then, the outdoor units
address No. and check code <4115> blinks
on the 4 digit digital display alternately.

21345678

on

3) Thermistor defective

4) Indoor controller board (detecting
circuit) failure

1) Disconnection or contact failure by
loose of connector (CNA) is connected
to power supply board. (for VM type)

2) Disconnection or contact failure by
loose of connector (CN2) is connected
to power supply board.

3) Power supply synchronous detected
circuit failures in the power supply
board.

4) Power supply synchronous detected
circuit failure in the multi controller
board.

Check the resistance of thermistor.

3

0;···15k’
10;···9.6 k’

20;···6.3 k’
30;···4.3 k’

40;···3.0 k’
If abnormality is not found in the

4

method of the above-mentioned from
1 to 3, it is defective of the indoor
controller board.

Check the connector insertion.

Check the connector insertion.

Replace the power supply board.

Replace the multi controller board.

62

Display

4116 Fan rotational frequency abnormality

4220

Meaning and detecting method

(Detected only PKFY-P·VAM)
When rotational frequency of the fan is

1

detected 180rpm or less, or 2000rpm or
more (1st detection) while the indoor unit
fan operation, the fan stops for 30seconds.

When the rotational frequency of the fan is

2

detected 180rpm or less, or 2000rpm or
more again after the fan restarts, the indoor
unit stop abnormally (fan stops). In this
time, <4116> is displayed.

Shortage abnormality of inverter bus-bar
voltage

When direct current bus-bar voltage

1

reduces extremely during the compressor
operation, the compressor stops and
restarts operation in 3minutes.

Causes

1) Fan rotational frequency detecting
connector (CN33) disconnection in the
indoor controller board.

2) Fan output connector (FAN1)
disconnection in the indoor power
board.

3) Fan rotational frequency detecting
connector (CN33) wiring breakage in
the controller board or fan output
connector (FAN1) breakage in the
indoor power board

4) Filter clogging Check the filter.

5) Indoor fan motor trouble Check the indoor fan motor.

6) Fan rotational frequency detecting
circuit failure in the indoor controller
board or fan output circuit failure in the
indoor power board.

1) Power supply terminal voltage is low.

2) Power supply L2,L3-phase is
opened. [for YM type]

1

Check whether the connector (CN33)
in the indoor controller board is
disconnected or not.

Check whether the connector (FAN1)

2

in the indoor power board is
disconnected or not.

Check whether the wiring is

3

disconnected or not.

4

5

When there is no problem in the

6

above-mentioned from 1 to 5;
(1) In the case of abnormality after the

fan operation;
Replace the indoor controller board.

When the fan does not recover even if
the indoor controller board is replaced,
replace the indoor power board.

(2) In the case of abnormality without
fan operation, replace the indoor
power board.

Measure the terminal voltage, and
check whether the voltage decreases
or not.

Check the power supply is opened.

Check points

It is being delay to stop abnormally for 30

2

minutes after the compressor stop. Then,
when SW1 is set, the outdoor unit address
No. and check code <4320> blinks
alternately on the 4 digit digital display.

SW1 setting

When detecting abnormality of direct bus-

3

bar voltage decrease again during being
delay abnormality, it performs the same
action as 1. Also, when the abnormality is
not detected, it operates normally.
Hereafter, action 1 is repeated until 5th
abnormal detection.

4

When the 6th voltage decrease of direct
bus bar is detected during being delay
abnormality, it stops abnormally. In this
time, the outdoor unit address No. and
check code <4220> blinks alternately on
the 4 digit digital display.

21345678

on

3) Diode stack (Diode module)
defective.

4) Connector lead wire disconnection,
contact failure.

Power supply board connecting
connector (CND)-Between smoothing
capacitor (C3). (for 71VM type)
for 125VM : CND-CB
125YM : CND-CB1 and CB2

Power supply board connecting
connector (52C)-Between electro
magnetic contactor (52C)

5) Connector (CN2) disconnection,
contact failure.

Check the resistance of diode stack.

Check the defective points.

Check the connector insertion.

63

Display

Meaning and detecting method

Causes

Check points

4220 6) Instant power failure It happens by accident, and does not

have the possibility to happen again.

4230 Radiator panel shield temperature

1

When the radiator panel temperature
thermistor (THHS) detects abnormality (1st
detection) stops the outdoor unit once and
restarts operation in 3minutes.

2

It is being delay to stop abnormally for
30minutes after the compressor stop.
Then, when SW1 is set, outdoor unit
address No. and check delay code <4330>
blinks alternately on the 4 digit digital
display.

SW1 setting
When the radiation shield temperature

3

21345678

on

thermistor (THHS) detects abnormality
again (2nd detection) during delay
abnormality, perform the same action as

1.
When the radiation shield temperature

4

thermistor (THHS) detects abnormality on
3rd time during delay abnormality, it stops
abnormally. Then, the outdoor unit address
No. check code <4230> blinks alternately
on the 4 digit digital display.

Abnormality detecting temperature in
radiation shield temperature thermistor

Type

125

Abnormal temp.( )

71

73
84

7) Lightening serge, single interruption
by external noise.

8) Direct bus-bar voltage shortage

It happens by accident, and does not
have the possibility to happen again.

Replace the power supply board.
detecting circuit failure in power supply
board

1) Outdoor fan motor lock Check the outdoor fan motor.

2) Outdoor fan motor trouble Check the outdoor fan motor.

3) Block of duct which cooled air
passes

Check whether the air duct for cooling
is opened.

4) Surrounding temperature-rise Check whether there is a heat source
in surroundings of the outdoor unit.
(Surroundings temperature upper limit
is 46;)

5) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor.

1

(Use tester)

21345678

6) Thermistor input circuit failure in the

multi controller board

2

Change the SW1 to and
check the temperature in radiation

on

shield temperature thermistor.
When there is a big difference between
the detected temp. and thermistor
temp. replace the multi controller
board.

;

4250

IPM abnormality
Over current limited

(When the compressor is interrupted by
over current at its start-up.)

1

When over current limit is detected within
30seconds from start-up, the compressor
stops and restarts in 3minutes.

While the compressor stops for 3minutes,

2

confine the current-carry.

When SW1 setting during delay of

3

interruption abnormality stop, the outdoor
unit address No. and check delay code
<4350> blinks alternately on the 4 digit
digital display.

SW1 setting

21345678

on

1) Single interruption by external noise.

2) Single interruption by lightening
serge

3) Power supply abnormality
(a) Voltage decrease to 180V or less

for VM type.
Voltage decrease to 340V or less for
YM type.
(b) Power supply open-phase

(Current increase in the compressor by
the voltage decrease)

4) Diode stack defective
When it is opened-phase, same
phenomenon occurs as power supply
open-phase.

64

The interruption happens by accident.
Since the interception only once
returns automatically after restarting in
3minutes, the possibility to stop
abnormally is very few.

1

Measure a receiving voltage and
check the power supply capacity

Check whether the phase is opened

2

or not.

Check from 4) to 13) by following
procedure;

4250

When the compressor is interrupted again
by over current after restarting in 3minutes,
it stops and restarts in 3minutes. Perform
the same action as 2 and 3.

5) Disconnection of connector and
lead wire, and miss-wiring
For VM type

Start-up the compressor and check
the status of interrupting.

When the compressor is not interrupted
within 30seconds after restarting in 3minutes,
clear the delay of limited abnormal stop and
back to normal.

(a) Between power supply board
(CN5) and gate amplifier board (CN5)

(1) When the compressor stops
(output signal stop) after immediately
after output signal comes out and is
interrupted abnormally.

When the above action 4 is repeated and
the compressor is interrupted within
30seconds after 7th start-up, or the
compressor is interrupted during confined
the current-carry, it stops abnormally. Then,
the outdoor unit address No. and check
delay code <4250> blinks alternately on the
4 digit digital display.

(b) Between power supply board
(CN6) and gate amplifier board (CN6)

Generation of short-circuit
current is assumed.
(5),6),7),12),13))

(c) Between multi controller board
(CN4) and gate amplifier board (CN4)

(2) After 5seconds of start-up, when
the compressor stops by interruption,
being delay and repeats to confine
current-carry for 3minutes restart­up interruption to confine
current-carry restart-up and
becomes interruption-abnormality
after approx. 18minutes from start-up.

(When the compressor is interrupted by
over current during the operation)

(d) Disconnection of connector and
lead wire in the multi controller board
(AC.CT)
For YM type
(e) Between multi controller board (CN4)
and power supply board (CN4)

The compressor is assumed not to
start-up by torque shortage or lock.
(5), 6), 7), 9), 10), 11), 12))

When over current limit is detected after
30seconds from start-up, the compressor
stops and restarts in 3minutes.

(3) When the compressor stops after
a while by the interception though the
compressor starts once, and restarts
in 3minutes.

The compressor is being delay to stop
abnormally for 8minutes after the
compressor stop. Then, the outdoor unit
address No. and check delay code <4350>
blinks alternately on the 4 digit digital
display.

It is presumed to stop since the
frequency goes up and the load grows
though the compressor starts. (4), 5),

6), 7), 8))

SW1 setting

Check the miss-wiring, terminal
loosing and disconnection of
connector and lead wire.

When the compressor is interrupted again
within 5minutes after restarting in
3minutes, it stops abnormally. Then, the
outdoor unit address No. and check delay
code <4250> blinks alternately on the 4
digit digital display.

Repair of defective points. (5), 11))

When the compressor is not interrupted
within 5minutes after restarting in
3minutes, it becomes the 1st detection
and performs the same action as 1 and

2.

Check the resistance of IPM.
In the case of abnormality, replace
the gate ampere board and IPM.
Check the resistance of diode stack.

6) IPM (intelligent power module)
drive circuit in the gate amplifier
defective

7) IPM (intelligent power module)
drive signal output circuit defective,
power factor detecting circuit failure
in the multi controller board.

8) Current detection defective
(AC,CT)

9) Compressor lock

10) Liquid sealing start-up of the
compressor

11) Open-phase at the compressor
side

12) IPM (intelligent power module)
failure

13) Power supply board abnormality
detecting circuit failure and IPM drive
power supply circuit failure

In the case of abnormality, replace
the diode stack.

When excluding of 234,
Switch off and disconnect the
connection of the compressor after
confirming charge of main circuit
electrolysis capacitor is discharged
enough. Then, switch on and operate
in no-load.

(1) When the compressor is interrupted
again.
Replace the gate amplifier board
(for VM type).
Replace the power supply board
when the compressor does not back to
normal even if the gate amplifier board
is replaced.
Replace the multi controller board
when the compressor does not back to
normal even if the power supply board
is replaced.

(2) Check the balance of inverter
output voltage. If it is unbalanced,···
Replace the gate amplifier board
(for VM type).
Replace the power supply board
when the compressor does not back to
normal even if the gate ampere is
replaced.
Replace the multi controller board
when the compressor does not back to
normal even if the power supply board
is replaced.

When not applying from 2 to 5, it
applies to 9) and 10).
Check the compressor.

In case of 10), recheck the compressor
again after 12 hours of current carrying to
the crank case heater.

1

2

3

4

5

4

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

Display

Meaning and detecting method

Causes

Check points

on

21345678

65

5101

Suction temperature thermistor (TH21)
abnormality
When controller detects short (high
temp.)/open (low temp.) in thermistor
during the operation, the operation stops
and the operation changes to protect
mode of restarting in 3minutes. If the
thermistor does not recover in 3minutes,
the operation stops abnormally. In this
time, <5101> is displayed. Then, if the
thermistor recover in 3minutes, it operates
normally.

1) Connector(CN20) contact failure Check whether the connector
(CN20) in the indoor controller board
is connected or not.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or

half disconnection

Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.

Short: Detected 90; or more

3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;

Open: Detected —40; or less

0;···15k’
10;···9.6k’
20;···6.3k’
30;···4.3k’
40;···3.0k’

4) Detecting circuit failure in the

indoor controller board

When there is no problem in above
mentioned 123,replace the indoor
controller board.

Discharge temperature thermistor (TH1)
abnormality

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the
outdoor unit stops once and restarts
operation in 3minutes.When the detected
temperature is normal at just before of
restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.

1) Connector (TH1) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH1)
in the multi controller board is
connected or not.

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops abnormally. In this time, <5101>
is displayed.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or

half disconnection

Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.

While the compressor is protected to
restart in 3minutes, the unit is delayed to
abnormal stop. Then, the outdoor unit
address No. and check delay code
<1202> blinks alternately on the 4 digit
digital display.

3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;
When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.

SW1 setting

0;··· about 700k’

For 10 minutes after starting compressor,
for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.

10;··· about 410k’
20;··· about 250k’

Short: 216;or more (1k’ )

30;··· about 160k’

Open: 0; or less (700k’ )

40;··· about 104k’

Note) When outer temperature thermistor
(TH6) is 5; or less on cooling, open
detecting is not determined as
abnormality.

4) Multi controller board input circuit

failure

Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi

controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.

-99.9: Open

999.9: Short

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Display

Meaning and detecting method

Causes

Check points

on

21345678

on

21345678

66

Display

5102

Meaning and detecting method

Liquid pipe temperature thermistor (TH22)
abnormality

When the thermistor detects short/open
during the operation, the operation stops
and the operation changes to protect mode
of restarting in 3minutes. If the thermistor
does not recover in 3minutes, the
operation stops abnormally. In this time,
<5102> is displayed. Then, if the
thermistor recover in 3minutes, it operates

normally.
Short: Detected 90; or more
Open: Detected -40; or less

Causes

1) Connector(CN21) contact failure Check whether the connector

1

Check points

(CN21) in the indoor controller board
is connected or not.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection

3) Thermistor failure

2

Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.

3

Check the resistance of thermistor;

0;···15k’
10;···9.6k’
20;···6.3k’
30;···4.3k’
40;···3.0k’

Suction pressure saturation temperature
thermistor (TH2) abnormality

1

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the outdoor
unit stops once and restarts operation in
3minutes.When the detected temperature is
normal at just before of restarting, the
outdoor unit restarts.

2

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops abnormally. In this time, <5102>
is displayed.

While the compressor is protected to

3

restart in 3minutes, the unit is delayed to
abnormal stop. Then, the outdoor unit
address No. and check delay code <1211>
blinks alternately on the 4 digit digital
display.

SW1 setting

For 10 minutes after starting compressor,

4

21345678

on

for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.

Short: 100; or more (0.5k’ )
Open: -46; or less (200k’ )

4) Detecting circuit failure in the
indoor controller board

When there is no problem in above

4

mentioned 123,replace the indoor
controller board.

1) Connector (TH2) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH2)

1

in the multi controller board is
connected or not.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection

3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;

2

Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.

3

0;···15k’

10;···9.6k’
20;···6.3k’

30;···4.3k’
40;···3.0k’

21345678

4) Multi controller board input circuit

4

Set the SW1 to

on

failure

When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.

-99.9: Open

999.9: Short

67

Display

Meaning and detecting method

5103 Gas pipe temperature thermistor (TH23)

abnormality

When the thermistor detects short/open
after 3minutes-continuous thermo ON
during cooling or dry operation, the
operation stops and the operation
changes to protect mode of restarting in
3minutes. If the thermistor does not
recover in 3minutes, the the operation
stops abnormally. In this time, <5103> is
displayed. Then, if the thermistor recover
in 3minutes, it operates normally.

Short: Detected 90; or more

Open: Detected -40; or less

Causes

1) Connector(CN29) contact failure Check whether the connector (CN29)

1

Check points

in the indoor controller board is
connected or not.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection

3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;

2

Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.

3

0;···15k’

10;···9.6k’
20;···6.3k’
30;···4.3k’
40;···3.0k’

5105

Condenser outlet temperature thermistor
(TH5) abnormality

1

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the outdoor
unit stops once and restarts operation in
3minutes.When the detected temperature
is normal at just before of restarting, the
outdoor unit restarts.

2

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops abnormally. In this time, <5105>
is displayed.

While the compressor is protected to

3

restart in 3minutes, the unit is delayed to
abnormal stop. Then, the outdoor unit
address No. and check delay code <1205>
blinks alternately on the 4 digit digital
display.

SW1 setting

21345678

on

4) Detecting circuit failure in the indoor
controller board

4

When there is no problem in above
mentioned 123,replace the indoor
controller board.

1) Connector (TH5) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH5)

1

in the multic controller board is
connected or not.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection

3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;

2

Check whether the thermistor wiring
is disconnected or not.

3

When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.

0;···15k’

10;···9.6k’
20;···6.3k’

30;···4.3k’
40;···3.0k’

For 10 minutes after starting compressor,

4

for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.

Short: 88; or more (0.4k’ )

Open: -39; or less (115k’ )

4) Multi controller board input circuit
failure

68

21345678

4

Set the SW1 to

on

When the temperature in multi
controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.

-99.9: Open

999.9: Short

Display

5106

Meaning and detecting method

Outer temperature thermistor (TH6)
abnormality

1

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor during the operation, the
outdoor unit stops once and restarts
operation in 3minutes.When the detected
temperature is normal at just before of
restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.

2

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops abnormally. In this time, <5106>
is displayed.

While the compressor is protected to

3

restart in 3minutes, the unit is delayed to
abnormal stop. Then, the outdoor unit
address No. and check delay code <1221>
blinks alternately on the 4 digit digital
display.

SW1 setting

4

For 10 minutes after starting compressor,

21345678

on

for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.

Short: 88; or more (0.4k’ )
Open: -39; or less (115k’ )

Causes

1) Connector (TH6) contact failure Check whether the connector (TH6)

1

Check points

in the multi controller board is
connected or not.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection

3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;

Check whether the thermistor wiring

2

is disconnected or not.

3

When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.

0;···15k’

10;···9.6k’
20;···6.3k’

30;···4.3k’
40;···3.0k’

21345678

4) Multi controller board input circuit
failure

4

Set the SW1 to
When the temperature in multi

on

controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.

-99.9: Open

999.9: Short

5110 IPM radiator panel temperature thermistor

(THHS) abnormality
When controller detects short/open in

1

thermistor during the operation, the
outdoor unit stops once and restarts
operation in 3minutes.When the detected
temperature is normal at just before of
restarting, the outdoor unit restarts.

2

When controller detects short/open in
thermistor at just before of restarting, the
unit stops abnormally. In this time, <5110>
is displayed.

3

While the compressor is protected to
restart in 3minutes, the unit is delayed to
abnormal stop. Then, the outdoor unit
address No. and check delay code <1214>
blinks alternately on the 4 digit digital
display.

SW1 setting

4

For 10 minutes after starting compressor,

21345678

on

for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, above-mentioned short/open
are not detected.

Short:132; or more (1.2k’ )
Open: -30; or less (1200k’ )

1) Connector (THHS) contact failure Check whether the connector (THHS)

1

in the multi controller board is
connected or not.

2) Thermistor wiring disconnection or
half disconnection

3) Thermistor failure Check the resistance of thermistor;

Check whether the thermistor wiring

2

is disconnected or not.

3

When the resistance is not below
value, replace the thermistor.

0;···180k’
10;···105k’
20;···63k’

30;···39k’

4) Multi controller board input circuit
failure

40;···25k’
Set the SW1 to

4

When the temperature in multi

21345678

on

controller board is not an actual
temperature, replace the multi
controller board.

-99.9: Open

999.9: Short

69

Display

5201 Pressure sensor (63HS) abnormality

6600 Duplex address error

Meaning and detecting method

1

When detected pressure in high-pressure
pressure sensor is 1MPa or less during the
operation, the compressor stops and
restarts operation in 3minutes.

2

When the detected pressure is 1MPa or
less at just before of restarting, the
compressor stops abnormally. In this time,
<5201> is displayed.

For 3minutes after the compressor stops,

3

the unit delays to abnormal stop. Then, the
outdoor unit address No. and check delay
code <1402> blinks alternately on the
4digit digital display.

SW1 setting
For 3minutes after starting compressor,

4

for defrosting or for 3minutes after recover
of defrosting, abnormality is not
determined as abnormality.

Detected error when transmission of unit
with the same address is confirmed,

Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.

21345678

on

Causes

1) High-pressure pressure sensor
failure

2) Internal pressure decrease by gas
leakage

3) Connector contact failure,
disconnection

4) Multi controller board input circuit
failure

1) There are 2units or more with the
same address among the outdoor unit
or indoor unit or lossnay controller,
remote controller.

Check points

1

Check the high-pressure pressure
sensor.

Check the internal pressure.

2

Check the high-pressure pressure

3

sensor.

Check the high-pressure pressure

4

sensor.

Look for the unit, which is source of

1

abnormality with the same address.
When the same address is found,
correct the address and turn off power
supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit,
and lossnay for 2minutes or more as
the same time. Then, turn on power
supply.

6602 Transmission processor H/W error

'' 1 '' shows on the transmission line though
the transmission processor transmitted '' 0''.

Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.

2) When noise has occurred in the
transmission signal, and the signal has
changed.

1) When the wiring for either of the
indoor unit, the outdoor unit or
lossnay transmission line is
constructed or polarity is changed
with the power supply turned on, the
transmission waves change in case
that the transmission data collides
mutually. It causes to detect error.

2) Transmission processor circuit
failure

3) When the transmission data has
changed by the noise.

Check the transmitted wave and the

2

noise on the transmission line.

When the transmission line is

1

constructed with the current flowed,
turn off power supply of outdoor unit,
indoor unit and lossnay for 2minutes
or more as the same time. Then, turn
on power supply.

Check the transmitted wave and the

2

noise on the transmission line.

70

Display

6603 Transmission bus busy error

Meaning and detecting method

1

Over error by collision 1) The transmission processor cannot

Abnormality when the state, which cannot
be transmitted by collision of transmission,
is consecutive for 8 to 10minutes.

Causes

be transmitted since a short cycle
voltage of the noise etc. mixes on the
transmission line consecutively.

Check points

1

Check whether the transmission line
of the indoor unit, fresh master,
lossnay and remote controller is
connected to the outdoor unit terminal
board (TB7) for centralized controller
or not.

6606

2

The state that data cannot to be output to
the transmission line by the noise
happens for 8 to 10minutes consecutively.

Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.

Signal communication error with
transmission processor

Signal communication error between unit
processor and transmission processor

Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller
detecting abnormality.

2) The transmission volume increases
and cannot be transmitted since the
wiring method is mistaken and the
routing technique to the terminal
board (TB3) for the transmission line
of the outdoor unit and the terminal
board (TB7) for centralized control
cannot be transmitted.

3) The share becomes high since the
data exists together to other
transmitted data by a defective
repeater (function which connects and
intercepts the transmission of
controlling system and centralized
control system), and it causes
abnormal detection.

1) It happened since the noise and
lightening serge that happened by
chance had not normally transmitted
the data of the unit/transmission
processor.

2

Check whether the transmission line
with the other refrigerant system of the
indoor unit and lossnay is connected to
the outdoor unit terminal board (TB3)
for transmission or not.

3

Check whether the outdoor unit
terminal board for transmission line
(TB3) and for centralized controller
(TB7) are connected or not.

4

Check the transmitted wave and the
noise on the transmission line.

Turn off power supply of outdoor unit,
indoor unit, and lossnay for 2minutes
or more at the same time. Then, turn
on power supply. It recovers normally
at the malfunction that happens by
chance. When same abnormality
occurs again, it is defective of a
generation former controller.

2) The address transmission from the
unit processor was not normally
transmitted by the hardware of
transmission processor defective.

71

Display

6607

Meaning and detecting method
No ACK
Abnormality which controller of the

1

sending side detects when there is no
answer (ACK) from other side though data
was transmitted once. It is detected 6
times every 30seconds continuously.

Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller,
which did not send back replay (ACK).

Causes

Factor that not related to origin

1) Since the address switch was
changed with the current passed, the
unit in the last address does not exist.

2) Decline of transmission voltage and
signal by transmission line tolerance
over

· The furthest point···200m

· Remote controller line···(12m) (See
page 28-33 for details)

3) Decline of transmission line voltage
and signal by unmatched kind of line.

Kind···Shield line-CVVS,CPEVS
No shield···VCTF, VCTFK,

CVV, CVS, VVR, VVF, VCT
Line diameter···1.25 e or more

4) Decline of transmission line voltage
and signal by a number of over­connected units.

5) Miss operation of origin controller,
which happens by chance.

6) Origin controller defective

Check points

1

Turn off power supply of outdoor unit,
indoor unit fresh master and lossnay
for 2minutes or more at the same
time. Then, turn on power supply. It
recovers normally at the malfunction
that happens by chance.

Check the address switch in the

2

address, which occurs abnormality.

3

Check whether the transmission line
is connected / loosen or not at origin.
(Terminal board or connector)

Check whether the transmission line

4

tolerance is over or not.

Check whether the kind of

5

transmission line is mistaken or not.
When there is any trouble from above

1-5, turn off power supply of outdoor
unit, indoor unit and lossnay for
2minutes or more at the same time.
Then, turn on power supply.

1) When the cause of displayed address
and attribute is on the outdoor unit side

(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the
indoor unit to the outdoor unit.)

2) When the cause of displayed address
and attribute is on the indoor unit side

(The remote controller detects when
there is no reply (ACK) on transmitting
from the remote controller to the indoor
unit.)

1) Contact failure of outdoor unit or
indoor unit transmission line

2) Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection

3) Sending/receiving signal circuit
failure in the indoor/outdoor unit

1) When operating with multi
refrigerant system indoor units, the
remote controller transmits the signal
to the indoor unit after the other
refrigerant system outdoor unit is
turned off or turned on again in
2minutes, and detects abnormality.

2) Contact failure of remote controller
or indoor unit transmission line.

3) Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection.

4) Sending/receiving signal circuit
failure in the indoor / unit / remote
controller.

When there is not any trouble in
single refrigerant system (1outdoor
unit) from above1-5, controller
defective in displayed address and
attribute.
When there is not any trouble in
different refrigerant system (2outdoor
unit or more) from above1-5,
determine it after 6.

When the address, which should not

6

exist, is an origin, since there is the
indoor unit which memorizes the
address data, cancel the unnecessary
address data by the manual setting
function of remote controller.
However, they are limited to the
system, which sets the group between
different refrigerant systems, or which
fresh master /lossnay are connected.

When there is not any trouble from
above 1-6, replace the displayed
address/attribute controller board.

In this time, when the error does not
recover to normal, the outdoor unit
multi controller board (repeater circuit)
defective is expected.

Check the recovery by replacing the
multi controller board one by one.

72

Display

Meaning and detecting method

Causes

Check points

6607

3) When the cause of displayed address
and attribute is on the remote controller
side

(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor
unit to the remote controller unit.)

4) When the cause of displayed address
and attribute is on the fresh master side

(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor
unit to the fresh master

1) When operating with multi refrigerant
system indoor units, the indoor units
transmits the signal to the remote
controller after the other refrigerant
system outdoor unit is turned off or
turned on again in 2minutes, and
detects abnormality.

2) Contact failure of remote controller
or indoor unit transmission line

3) Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection.

4) Sending/receiving signal circuit
failure in the indoor / unit / remote
controller.

1) When synchronized operating with
other refrigerant system fresh master,
the indoor units transmits the signal to
the fresh master after the fresh master
and same refrigerant system outdoor
unit is turned off or turned on again in
2minutes, and detects abnormality.

5) When the cause of displayed address
and attribute is on the lossnay side

(The indoor unit detects when there is no
reply (ACK) on transmitting from the indoor
unit to the lossnay.)

2) Contact failure of fresh master or
indoor unit transmission line

3) Indoor unit or fresh master
transmission connector (CN2M)
disconnection.

4) Sending/receiving signal circuit
failure in the indoor/fresh master.

1) When the lossnay power supply is
Off, the indoor unit detects abnormality
at signal transmitting to the lossnay.

73

Display

6607

Meaning and detecting method

Causes

2) When synchronized operating with
other refrigerant system lossnay, the
indoor units transmits the signal to the
lossnay after the lossnay and same
refrigerant system outdoor unit is
turned off or turned on again in
2minutes, and detects abnormality

3) Contact failure of lossnay or indoor
unit transmission line

4) Indoor unit transmission connector
(CN2M) disconnection.

5) Sending/receiving signal circuit
failure in the indoor/lossnay.

Check points

6608

6) When the controller of displayed
address and attribute is not recognized

No response
Though there was a replay (ACK) of
having received signal from the other
side, it is the abnormality when the
response command does not return.
The sending side detects the
abnormality continuously six times every
30 seconds.
Note) Address/Attribute displayed on the
remote controller shows the controller,
which did not response.

1) Since the address switch was
changed with the current passed, the
unit in the last address does not exist.

2) Since the fresh master/lossnay
address are changed after
synchronized setting of fresh master /
lossnay by the remote controller,
abnormality is detected at transmitting
from the indoor unit.

1) Transmission repeats the failure by
the noise etc.

2) Decline of transmission voltage and
signal by transmission line tolerance
over.

· The furthest point···200m

· Remote controller line···(12m)
(See page 44-53 for details)

Check the transmission wave and

1

noise on the transmission line.

Turn off power supply of outdoor unit,

2

indoor unit and lossnay for 2minutes or
more at the same time. Then, turn on
power supply again. It recovers
normally at the malfunction that
happens by chance. When same
abnormality occurs again, it is defective
of displayed address and attribute.

3) Decline of transmission line voltage
and signal by unmatched kind of line.

Kind···Shield wire-CVVS,CPEVS

No shield ···VCTF, VCTFK,

CVV, CVS, VVR, VVF, VCT
wire diameter···1.25eor more

4) Miss operation of origin controller,
which happens by chance.

74

Display

Meaning and detecting method

Causes

Check points

6810 UR communication abnormality (UR: Unit

Remote controller)
Communications between the unit remote
controller and indoor unit is not normal.

When there is no display of address and
attribute to the remote controller. (When
detecting by the unit remote controller)

1) It is abnormality though the unit remote
controller transmitted ''H'', when "L"
reception is detected continuously three
times.

2) It is abnormality when there is no
response from the indoor unit for 3
minutes against to ''monitor request'' from
the unit remote controller.

3) It is abnormality when there is no
response 3times continuously from the
indoor unit against to ''operation /setting''
from the unit remote controller.

When the cause of displayed address and
attribute is on the indoor unit side.

1) It is abnormality though the indoor unit
transmitted ''H'', when "L" reception is
detected continuously three times.

2) It is abnormality when the indoor units
cannot receive the transmission signal
from the unit remote controller for
3minutes.

1) Contact failure of the unit remote
controller transmission line in the unit
remote controller or indoor unit.

2) Decline of transmission voltage and
signal on the unit remote controller
transmission line by the unit remote
controller transmission line tolerance
over

3) When the transmission signal of unit
remote controller changes by noise.

4) Unit remote controller transmitting /
receiving signal circuit failure in the unit
remote controller or indoor unit.

1

Check whether the transmission line
of the indoor unit or unit remote
controller is connected / loosen or
not.

Check whether the unit remote

2

controller transmission line tolerance
is over or not.

Check the transmission wave and

3

noise on the transmission signal of
unit remote controller.

When there is not any trouble from

4

above 1-3, replace the indoor
controller board or unit remote
controller.

Check of following conditions is
available by LED1/LED2 in the indoor
controller board.

· When LED1 and 2 blinks at the
same time.

The indoor unit is transmitting to the
unit remote controller.

· When only LED2 blinks.
The unit remote controller is

transmitting to the indoor unit.
Or, other indoor unit is transmitting to

the unit remote controller.

·When LED1 and 2 does not blink.
The indoor unit and unit remote

controller is not transmitting.

6831
6834

6832
6833

Signal reception abnormality (Remote
controller)
Following symptoms are regarded as
abnormality.

1) When the remote controller cannot
receive the signal from indoor controller
normally even once for 3 minutes

2) When sub-remote controller cannot
receive the signal even once for 2 minutes

Signal transmission abnormality (Remote
controller)
Following symptoms are regarded as
abnormality.

1) When sub-remote controller cannot
transmit the signal to the transmission
path for 6 seconds

2) When the remote controller cannot
finish transmitting the signal for 30 times
on end

Defect of the transmission and reception

1

circuit of the remote controller.
Defect of the transmission and

2

reception circuit of the indoor controller
board

Noise occurs on the transmission line

3

of the remote controller
All remote controllers are set as

4

sub-remote controller.

Defect of the transmission and

1

reception circuit of the remote controller
Noise occurs on the transmission line

2

of the remote controller
There are two main remote controllers.

3

1~3

Perform a check of the remote
controller.
According to the results, perform the
following disposals.

• When "RC OK" is displayed
The remote controller is normal.
Turn off the power supply and turn it

on again.
If "HO" is displayed for 4 minutes or
more, replace the indoor controller
board.

• When "RC NG" is displayed
Replace the remote controller.

• When "RC 6832 or 6833" or "ERC
00-66" is displayed
These displays may be due to noise,
etc.

4 Set one remote controller to main

remote controller and the other to
sub-remote controller.

75

Display

7100

Meaning and detecting method

When connected total models of the
indoor units exceed the specified level
(130% of the outdoor unit models), error
code <7100> is displayed.

Causes

1) Connecting total models of the
indoor unit exceed the specified level.

71: Possible up to 93 (code 18)
125: Possible up to 163 (code 33)

Check points

1

Check the total models of connected
indoor unit.

Check the model code registration

2

switch (indoor controller board SW2)
of connected indoor unit.

7101 Capacity code error

When the connected indoor unit models
cannot be connected, <7101> is displayed.

2) There is a mistake in the registration
of model name code of the outdoor
unit.

The indoor unit models is not possible
to connect,

The indoor unit of 20-80 (code 4-16)
is possible to connect,
(PUMY-71VM,71VM1,125VM)
The indoor unit of 20-125(code 4-25)
is possible to connect.
(PUMY-125VM1,125YM)

Check the model code registration
switch (outdoor multi controller board
SW4) of the outdoor unit.

Check the model code registration

1

switch (indoor controller board SW2)
in the connected indoor unit.

The outdoor unit SW1 operation can

2

check model code of the connected
indoor units.

Code of indoor unit No.1

Code of indoor unit No.2

Code of indoor unit No.3

Code of indoor unit No.4

Code of indoor unit No.5

21345678

on

21345678

on

21345678

on

21345678

on

21345678

on

7102 Number of connecting unit over

When the connecting unit exceeds a
number of limitations, error code <7102> is
displayed.

Connecting unit exceeds a number of
limitations. It is assumed abnormality
excluding the following cases;

1) The indoor unit can be totally
connected up to 8 units.
The indoor unit can be
connected up to 8 units
(PUMY-125VM1,125YM)

2) The indoor unit can be connected 1
units or more.
(Only PUMY-71VM,125VM)

3) Ventilation unit connecting is only
1unit.

76

Code of indoor unit No.6

Code of indoor unit No.7

Code of indoor unit No.8

21345678

on

21345678

on

21345678

on

Check whether the connecting unit
exceeds a number of limitations or
not.

Display

7105 Address setting error

Meaning and detecting method

Address setting of the outdoor unit is
wrong.

Causes

Addresses miss setting of the outdoor
unit.

The outdoor unit is not set in 000 or in
the range of 51-100.

Check points

Check the address setting of the
outdoor unit. The address should be
set in 000 or 51-100.

When the setting is out of the range,
reset it, turn off power supply of the
outdoor unit, indoor unit and lossnay
for 2minutes or more at the same
time, and turn on power supply again.

7111 When an old type remote controller for

Remote controller sensor abnormality
In the case of network remote controller, it

is an abnormality when incapable
response returns from the net work remote
controller during the operation.

M-NET is used, and the remote
controller sensor is specified (SW1-1
is ON).

Replace the remote controller to net
work remote controller.

8-2. Remote controller diagnosis

• MA remote controller is equipped with the diagnosis function of the remote controller.
Check the remote controller with this function when the unit does not operate with the remote controller.

(1)

Electric current marker

(2)

(1) First, check the electricity current maker.

If the correct voltage (DC 8.7~13V) is not supplied on the
remote controller, the electric current marker will be lit.
If the electricity current marker is not lit, check the remote
controller wiring and the indoor units.

(2) Transfer to remote control diagnosis mode.

Hold down the CHECK button for five seconds or more to
display the diagram on the left.

Press the FILTER button to commence diagnosis of remote
controller.

(3)

a)

b)

(3) Remote controller diagnosis results.

a) The remote control is functioning correctly.

Check other possible causes as there are on problems
with the remote controller.

b) The remote controller has a nonconformity.

The remote controller must be replaced.
Error display 1 (“NG”) flashes to show a nonconformity
in the transmitter-receiver circuit.

To be continued on the next page.

77

PAR-20MAA

ON/OFF

CENTRALLY CONTROLLED

ERROR CODE

CLOCK

ON OFF

˚C

CHECK

CHECK MODE

FILTER

TEST RUN
FUNCTION

˚C

1Hr.

NOT AVAILABLE

STAND BY
DEFROST

FILTER

CHECK TEST

TEMP.

TIMER SET

“ ” indicator: Appears when current is carried.

Symptom or inspection code Cause Inspection method and solution

Though the content of operation is
displayed on the remote
controller, some indoor units do
not operate.

• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.

•

The address of the indoor units in same group or the remote controller

is not set correctly.

•

The group setting between outdoor units is not registered to the remote

controller.

• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.

• Check the part where the
abnormality occurs.

1 The entire system
2 In the entire refrigerant system
3 In same group only
4 One indoor unit only

<In case of the entire system or in
the entire refrigerant system>

•

Check the self-diagnosis LED

of the outdoor unit.

• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
outdoor unit.

<In case of in same group only or
one indoor unit only>

• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
indoor unit.

Though the indoor unit operates,
the display of the remote controller
goes out soon.

• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.

• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.

( ) is not displayed on the remote
controller.

(M-NET remote controller

is not fed.)

• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.

•

The number of connected indoor unit in the refrigeration system is over
the limit or the number of connected remote controller is over the limit.

•

M-NET remote controller is connected to MA remote controller cable.

• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted or down.

• M-NET remote controller cable is shorted or down.

"HO" keeps being displayed or it
is displayed periodically. ("HO" is
usually displayed for 3 minutes at
the longest after the power supply
of the outdoor unit is on.)

• The power supply for the feeding expansion unit for the transmission
line is not on.

• The address of the outdoor unit remains "00".

•

The address of the indoor unit or the remote controller is not set correctly.

• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the
indoor/outdoor unit.

The remote controller does not
operate though ( ) is displayed.

• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.

• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted, down or
badly contacted.

From the preceding page.

a)

Potential problems other than those diagnosed for the
remote controller.

a) Single transmission not possible if error display 2 (“6832

or 6833”) flashes. There is “noise” on the transmission
line, or damage of other remote controller for the indoor
units can be considered. Check the transmission path
and other controller

b)

• When the number of data errors generated is 02.

Remote controller transmission data
Transmission data at transmission path

8-3. Remote controller trouble

b) Data error has occurred when error display three shows

“ERC” and number of data errors.
Number of generated data error (maximum 66 errors).
The number of generated data error stands for the
difference in the number of bits of transmitted data from
the remote controller and the actual number of bits that
were transmitted along the transmission path. If this
error occurs, “noise”, etc., is interfering with the transmission
data. Check the transmission path.

(4) Cancel the remote controller diagnosis.

Hold down the CHECK button for five seconds or more to
cancel the remote controller diagnosis. The “HO” operation
lamp will flash, and the display screen will rectum to the
status before remote controller diagnosis in approximately
30 seconds.

(1) For M-NET remote controller systems

78

Symptom
Even the cooling (heating)

operation selection button
is pressed, the indoor unit
cannot be operated.
The auto vane runs freely.

Fan setting changes during
heating.

Fan stops during heating
operation.
Fan does not stop while
operation has been stopped.
No setting of fan while start
SW has been turned on.

Indoor unit remote controller
shows “HO” indicator for
about two minutes when tur­ning ON power supply.

Drain pump does not stop
while unit has been stopped.
Drain pump continues to
operate while unit has been
stopped.

Display of remote controller
"Cooling (Heating)" blinks

Normal display

Normal display

"Defrost "

Light out

STAND BY

“HO” blinks

Light out

—

CAUSE
The indoor unit can not cool (heat) if other indoor units are heating
(cooling).

Because of the control operation of auto vane, it may change over
to horizontal blow automatically from the downward blow in cooling
in cause the downward blow operation has been continued for one
hour. At defrosting in heating, hot adjusting and thermostat OFF, it
automatically changes over to horizontal blow.

Ultra-low speed operation is commenced at thermostant OFF.
Light air automatically change over to set value by time or piping
temperature at thermostat ON.

The fan is to stop during defrosting.

Fan is to run for one minute after stopping to exhaust residual heat
(only in heating).

Utra-low speed operation for 5 minutes after SW ON or until piping
temperature becomes 35°C. There low speed operate for 2 minu­tes, and then set notch is commenced. (Hot adjust control)
System is being driven.

Operate remote controller again after “HO” disappears.

After a stop of cooling operation, unit continues to operate drain
pump for three minutes and then stops it.

Unit continues to operate drain pump if drainage is generated, even
during a stop.

(2) For MA remote controller systems

Symptom or inspection code Cause Inspection method and solution

Though the content of operation is
displayed on the remote controller,
some indoor units do not operate.

Though the indoor unit operates,
the display of the remote
controller goes out soon.

( ) is not displayed on the remote
controller. (MA remote controller is
not fed.)

"HO" keeps being displayed or it is
displayed periodically. ("HO" is
usually displayed for 3 minutes at
the longest after the power supply
of the outdoor unit is on.)

The

remote controller does not

operate though ( ) is displayed.

• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.

• Wiring between indoor units in same group is not finished.

• The indoor unit and Slim model are connected to same group.

• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.

• The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on.

• In case of connecting the system controller, the setting of the system
controller does not correspond to that of MA remote controller.

• The fuse on the indoor unit (Master) controller board is blown.
The remote controller is not fed until the power supply of both indoor unit

and outdoor unit is on and the start-up of both units is finished normally.

• The power supply of the indoor unit is not on.

• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.

• The number of connected remote controller is over the limit
(Maximum: 2 units) or the number of connected indoor unit that is
over the limit (Maximum: 16 units).

•

The address of the indoor unit is "00" and the address for the outdoor

unit is the one other than "00".

•

The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.

• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the
indoor/outdoor unit .

• The remote controller cable is shorted or down.

• The power supply cable or the transmission line is shorted or down.

• The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.

• The power supply of the outdoor unit is not on.

• The power supply of the feeding expansion unit for the transmission
line is not on.

• The setting of MA remote controller is not main remote controller, but
sub-remote controller.

• MA remote controller is connected to the transmission line of the
indoor/outdoor unit

• The power supply of the indoor unit (Master) is not on.

• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is connected to TB15.

• The transmission line of the indoor/outdoor unit is shorted, down or
badly contacted.

•The fuse on the indoor unit controller board is blown.

.

• Check the part where the
abnormality occurs.

1 The entire system
2 In the entire refrigerant system
3 In same group only
4 One indoor unit only

<In case of the entire system or in
the entire refrigerant system>

•

Check the self-diagnosis LED

of the outdoor unit.

• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
outdoor unit.

<In case of in same group only or
one indoor unit only>

• Check the items shown in the
left that are related to the
indoor unit.

8-4. The following Symptom do not represent trouble (emergency)

79

Outdoor unit

Switch

SW U1
1st digit

SW U2
2nd digit

SW U3
3rd digit

SW1 Digital
Display
Switching

SW2
function
Switching

SW5
function
switching

SW3 Trial
operation

SW4
Model
Switching

Step

Operation in Each Switch Setting

ON OFF When to Set

Remarks

Before turing
the power on

Before the power
is turned on.

Can be set when
off or during
operation

SWU3

(3rd digit)

Rotary switch

1
2
3
4
5

6

7

8
9

10

1

2

1
2

3

4
5

6
7
8

Function

1~8

1~4

Can be set
either during
operation or not.

Before turning the
power on

While unit stopping.

Any time after the
power is turned on.

OFF to ON any time after
the power is turned on.

Can be set during
compressor stopping.

Active

Active

Active

Enable

Inactive

Inactive

Active

Active
Pdm switching
ETm switching

Inactive

Inactive
Normal
Normal

Run

Fix
Fix

Stop

Disable

Inactive

Start upDoesn´t start up

Clear

Do not clear

Normal
Normal

Normal
Normal

Fix Normal
Enable Disable

Normal

Continuous
30 min.

(ordinary)

Clear abnormal data
Run adjustment mode.

Selects operating system startup
Connection Information Clear Switch
Abnormal data clear switch input
Refrigerant Volume Adjustment Operation
Linear expansion valve opening

setting of suspending indoor unit in
the heat mode.

Linear expansion valve opening
setting of FAN. COOL•HEAT thermo
OFF indoor unit in the heat mode.

Forced defrost

Cumulative
60 min.

Forced defrost

Defrost detection switching
Defrost disabled time selection

Linear expansion valve opening
setting of thermo OFF unit in the heat
mode.

Enable/disable operation from outdoor
unit

Run/stop from the outdoor unit.

<Factory Settings>

<Factory Settings>

<Factory Settings>

<Factory Settings>

<Factory Settings>

<Factory Settings>
Set for each capacity.

Fix the operation frequency
Fixing the indoor units linear expansion

valve opening
Fixing the outdoor unit electronic

expansion valve opening.
Enable fixing at the desired frequency
Maintain outdoor fan at fixed speed

and ignore outdoor temperature
sensor abnormality

Ignore refrigerant filling abnormality
Switching the target discharge pressure (Pdm)
Switching the target evaporation temperature (ETm)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

SWU2

(2nd digit)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

SWU1

(1st digit)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

SWU3

(3rd digit)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

SWU2

(2nd digit)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

SWU1

(1st digit)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

ON

OFF

2345678

1

ON

OFF

2345678

1

ON

OFF

2345678

1

ON

OFF

2345678910

1

ON

OFF

2

OFF ➔ ON, during
compressor running
in heating mode.

OFF ➔ ON while
compressor is not
operating

While unit stopping.

While unit stopping.

Service ref.

SW4

1

ON

OFF

234

Service ref.

SW4

PUMY-71VM
PUMY-71VM1

PUMY-125VM
PUMY-125VM1
PUMY-125YM

PUMY-125VM2
PUMY-125YM1
PUMY-125YMA

PUMY-71VM2

1

ON

OFF

234

1

ON

OFF

234 1

ON

OFF

234

8-5. INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION TABLE

Outdoor unit internal switch function table

80

8-6. HOW TO CHECK THE COMPONENTS

<Thermistor feature chart>

Low temperature thermistors

Saturation temperature of suction pressure thermistor (TH2)
Pipe temperature thermistor (TH5)
Outdoor temperature thermistor (TH6)

Thermistor R0 = 15k' ±3%
B constant = 3480k' ±2%

t =15exp{3480(

R
0: 15k'

10: 9.6k'
20: 6.3k'
25: 5.2k'

Medium temperature thermistor

Radiator panel temperature thermistor (THHS)

1 1

273+t – 273

30: 4.3k'
40: 3.0k'

)}

Thermistor R50 = 17k' ±2%
B constant = 4170k' ±3%

1

t =17exp{4170(

R
0: 180k'

25: 50k'
50: 17k'
70: 8k'
90: 4k'

High temperature thermistor

Discharge temperature thermistor (TH1)
Thermistor R120 = 7.465k' ±2%

B constant = 4057k' ±2%

t =7.465exp{4057(

R
20: 250k'

30: 160k'
40: 104k'
50: 70k'
60: 48k'

1

273+t – 323

1

273+t – 393

70: 34k'
80: 24k'
90: 17.5k'
100: 13.0k'
110: 9.8k'

)}

1

)}

81

Linear expansion valve (LEV: Indoor unit), Electronic expansion valve (SLEV: Outdoor unit)

M

LEV
SLEV

Blue

{4
{3
{2
{1

{4
{3
{2
{1

2
5
1
3
4
6

6
5
4
3
2
1

BRN
RED
BLU
ORN
YLW
WHT

Brown
Yellow

Red

White

Orange

1

5

2
3

6

4

Relay connector
(Only LEV)

Controller board

DC12V

Drive circuit

Connector (CN60)

(SLEV)

11

Notes on expansion valve action

• LEV/SLEV to stepping motor ON/OFF after indoor/outdoor controller board has received pulse signal.

• The valve position can be changed according to the pulse signal number ratio.
<connection between the LEV/SLEV and the indoor/outdoor controller board>

Note: Because the numbers of the relay connector and the connector on the controller board side are different, wiring work

must rely on the colors of the wires.

82

<Output pulse signal and valve action>

A

E

D

C

B

Closing

Opening

Completely sealed (80-100 pulses)

Number of pulses

Valve fully open
at 2,000 pulses

Valve position (volume)

Problem Check point Corrective measure

Remove the connector from the controller board and connect diagnostic
LEDs.

Pulses will be issued for 10 seconds when the power is turned on.
It indicates that there is an abnormality in the operating circuit if
any LEDs don't turn on or off.

If the linear expansion valve (indoor unit) or electronic expansion valve
(outdoor unit) becomes locked and the motor is still operating, the motor will
emit a clicking noise and will not function. This clicking noise indicates
an abnormality.

Use an all-purpose electrical meter to measure the resistance between the
different coils (red-white, red-orange, brown-yellow, brown-blue). Normal
resistance is within a range of 150’ ±10%.

In order to check the linear expansion valve, operate one indoor unit in the
fan mode and another in the cooling mode. Then, use the outdoor multi
controller board to operate the monitor and check the pipe temperature of the
indoor unit (liquid pipe temperature). The linear expansion valve should be
fully closed when the fan is operating. The temperature measured by the
temperature sensor will drop if there is any leakage.
If the measured temperature is significantly lower
than that on the remote controller, this indicates that
the valve is not closed. It is not necessary to replace
the linear expansion valve if the leak of refrigerant
is small and does not cause a malfunction.

1 Check improperly connected connector terminals and the wire colors.
2 Remove the connector on the controller board side and check electrical

conductance

Malfunction in microp­rocessor operating
circuit

Locked expansion
valve

Short circuit or broken
circuit in expansion
valve motor coil

Valve does no close
completely

Incorrect connection
or connection failure

Replace the indoor unit
controller board or
Replace the outdoor
multi controller board.

Replace the linear expa­nsion valve or electronic
expansion valve

Replace the linear expa­nsion valve or electronic
expansion valve

Replace the linear expa­nsion valve if there is a
major leak of refrigerant.

Continuity check of
wrong part.

6
5
4
3
2
1

1k" LED

Temperature
sensor

<liquid pipe>

Linear expansion valve

Output

Output(phase)

{1
{2
{3
{4

1

ON

ON
OFF
OFF

23

OFF

ON
ON

OFF

2 LEV / SLEV action

OFF
OFF

ON
ON

4

ON
OFF
OFF

ON

Valve closing:1➔2➔3➔4➔1
Valve opening:4➔3➔2➔1➔4

The address of the pulse output is shifted using the procedures
mentioned earlier.

w1. All output phase will turn OFF when the LEV or SLEV

stops operating.

2. When the output phase is terminated or when the phase
shift is not according to frequency, the motor rotation will
become irregular, causing the motor to vibrate or lockup.

w When the power supply is on, the closing signal of 2,200

pulse will be transmitted to decide the position of the valve.
The valve position can be determined when point A is
reached.

The LEV(SLEV) will not vibrate or make noise when the
valve is operating smoothly. However, when the
number of pulses change from E to A ,or if the valve
lockup, there may be more noise than under normal
circumstances.

• The noise can be heard by resting your ear on the handle
of a screwdriver that is pressed against the top of the
LEV(SLEV) valve.

3 Troubleshooting

83

8-7. OUTDOOR UNIT FUNCTIONS

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

121314

15161718192021

2223242526

27

282930

SW1 setting

12345678

00000000

10000000

01000000

11000000

00100000

10100000

01100000

11100000

00010000

10010000

01010000

11010000

00110000

10110000

01110000

11110000

00001000

10001000

01001000

11001000

00101000

10101000

01101000

11101000

00011000

10011000

01011000

11011000

00111000

10111000

01111000

Relay output display

Check display

Indoor unit check

Protection input

Protection input

Protection input

Abnormality delay display 1

Abnormality delay display 2

Abnormality delay display 3

Abnormality delay history 1

Abnormality delay history 2

Abnormality delay history 3

Abnormality code history 1 (the latest)

Abnormality code history 2

Abnormality code history 3

Abnormality code history 4

Abnormality code history 5

Abnormality code history 6

Abnormality code history 7

Abnormality code history 8

Abnormality code history 9

Abnormality code history 10 (the oldest)

Cumulative time

Cumulative time

Outdoor unit operation display

Indoor unit mode

Indoor unit operation display

Capacity code (No. 1 indoor unit)

Capacity code (No. 2 indoor unit)

Capacity code (No. 3 indoor unit)

Capacity code (No. 4 indoor unit)

Capacity code (No. 5 indoor unit)

1

Compressor operation

No.1 unit check

High-pressure abnormality

TH1 abnormality

Abnormality in the number of linked units

High-pressure abnormality delay

TH1 abnormality delay

High-pressure abnormality delay

TH1 abnormality delay

2

52C

No.2 unit check

Discharge temperature abnormality

TH2 abnormality

Address double setting abnormality

Discharge temperature abnormality delay

TH2 abnormality delay

Discharge temperature abnormality delay

TH2 abnormality delay

Refrigerant overfilling delay

3

21S4

No.3 unit check

Inner thermostat abnormality

TH6 abnormality

Indoor unit capacity

Internal thermostat abnormality delay

TH6 abnormality delay

Internal thermostat abnormality delay

TH6 abnormality delay

4

SV

No.4 unit check

IPM abnormality

TH5 abnormality

Over capacity

IPM abnormality delay

TH5 abnormality

delay

IPM abnormality delay

TH5 abnormality delay

7

No.7 unit check

Power synchronization signal abnormality

Restrict power IPM abnormality

Refrigerant over charge

Power synchronization signal abnormality

Restrict power IPM abnormality

Refrigerant over charge

Power synchronization signal abnormality

Restrict power IPM abnormality

5

No.5 unit check

Radiator panel abnormality

Indoor unit address error

Radiator panel overheating delay

Radiator panel overheating delay

6

No.6 unit check

Vacuum operation abnormality

THHS abnormality

Outdoor unit address error

THHS abnormality

delay

THHS abnormality delay

8

Lighting always

No.8 unit check

63HS abnormality

Insufficient voltage abnormality

63HS sensor abnormality delay

Single-phase current (CT)

Insufficient voltage abnormality delay

63HS abnormality delay

Single-phase power delay (CT)

Insufficient voltage abnormality delay

ON: light on OFF: light off

•When abnormaility occurs, check display.

Check: light on Normal: light off

Display input microprocessor

protection (abnormality)

Display all abnoramlities

remaining in abnormality

delay

Display all abnormalities

remaining in abnormality

delay history

•Display abnormalities up to

present (including abnorma-

lity terminals)

•History record in 1 is the

latest; records become older

in sequence; history record

in 10 is the oldest.

Display of cumulative

compressor operating time

Cooling : light on Heating: light flashing Stop fan: light off

Thermo ON : light on Thermo OFF : light off

•Display of indoor unit

capacity code

•The no. 1 unit will start from

the address with the lowest

number

Notes

Alternating display of addresses

0000-9999 and abnormality code

(including abnormality delay code)

0~9999(unit::1-hour)

0~9999(unit::10-hour)

0~255

Excitation Current

No.1 unit mode

No.1 unit operation

Restart after 3 minutes

No.2 unit mode

No.2 unit operation

Compressor operation

No.3 unit mode

No.3 unit operation

Abnomality(detection)

No.4 unit mode

No.4 unit operation

No.5 unit mode

No.5 unit operation

No.6 unit mode

No.6 unit operation

No.7 unit mode

No.7 unit operation

No.8 unit mode

No.8 unit operation

0000~9999 (Alternating display of addresses and error code)

Display mode

Display on the LD1 (display data)

No.

Delay code

1202

1205

1208

1211

1214

1221

Delay code

1402

1600

1601

4165

4320

4330

4350

Abnormality delay

Discharge temperature abnormality

Discharge temperature sensor (TH1) abnormality

Intake outlet temperature sensor (TH5) abnormality

Compressor internal thermostat abnormality

Saturation temperature of suction pressuse sensor (TH2) abnormality

Radiator panel thermistor (THHS) abnormality

Outside air temperature sensor (TH6) abnormality

Abnormality delay

High-pressure abnormality

Pressure sensor (63HS) abnormality

Over charge refrigerant abnormality

Insufficient refrigerant abnormality

Power synchronization signal abnormality

Frequency converter insufficient wiring voltage abnormality

Radiator panel temperature abnormality

IPM abnormality

SW:setting

0....OFF

1....ON

84

Notes

•Display of indoor unit

operating mode

8

7

6

Heating

thermo

5

Heating

thermo

4

Cooling

thermo

OFF

ON

OFF

Light on/light off

Input: light off No input: light on

Display of communication demand capacity

Display of actual operating frequency

Display of target frequency

Display of number of outdoor

fan control steps (target)

Display of openness (pulses) of

3-min.delay/no

Excitation current/no

power/no

Refrigerant pull back/no

DEFROST/NO

outdoor SLEV and indoor LEV

Display of outdoor subcool

(SC) data and detection data

from high-pressure sensor and

each thermistor

Display on the LD1 (display data)

3

Cooling

thermo

ON

Abnormal/Normal

2

Night mode

Heating/Cooling

1

Display mode

SW1 setting

12345678

No.

OFF Fan

Indoor unit mode (No. 1 unit)

Indoor unit mode (No. 2 unit)

Indoor unit mode (No. 3 unit)

11111000

00000100

10000100

31

32

33

ON/OFF

Demand junction

Indoor unit mode (No. 4 unit)

Indoor unit mode (No. 5 unit)

Outdoor unit operational mode

External connection status

11000100

01000100
34

00100100

10100100

353637

0~255

0~FF(16 progressive)

0~255

0~20

Communication demand capacity

Operational frequency

Target frequency

Outdoor fan control step number

01100100

00000010

10000010

01000010

3864656667

0~2000

EER fan control step number (cooling)

Outdoor SLEV opening

Indoor LEV opening (No.1 unit)

Indoor LEV opening (No.2 unit)

Indoor LEV opening (No.3 unit)

11000010

00100010
68

10100010

11100010

01100010

6970717273

Indoor LEV opening (No.4 unit)

Indoor LEV opening (No.5 unit)

High-pressure sensor (Pd)

TH1(Td)

TH2(ET)

TH6

TH5

THHS

00010010

10010010

01010010
74

11010010

00110010

757677

01110010

10110010

788081

00001010

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

TH23 (No.1 indoor unit)

TH23 (No.2 indoor unit)

TH23 (No.3 indoor unit)

TH23 (No.4 indoor unit)

TH23 (No.5 indoor unit)

TH22 (No.1 indoor unit)

TH22 (No.2 indoor unit)

11001010

10001010

01001010
82

838485

00101010

11101010

01101010

10101010

86

87

85

step data

Notes

Display of outdoor subcool

(SC) data and detection data

from high-pressure sensor and

each thermistor

678

45

3

subcool

Display of target

Display of indoor SC/SH data

Display of discharge superheat data

Display of all control target data

Display of actual frequency at time of abnormality delay

indoor LEV at time of abnormality

Display of fan step number at time of abnormality delay

delay

Display of openness (pulses) outdoor

SLEV and

Display on the LD1 (display data)

2

1

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

Display mode

TH22 (No.3 indoor unit)

TH22 (No.4 indoor unit)

12345678

00011010

SW1 setting

No.

10011010

8889909192939495969798

TH22 (No.5 indoor unit)

TH21 (No.1 indoor unit)

TH21 (No.2 indoor unit)

TH21 (No.3 indoor unit)

TH21 (No.4 indoor unit)

TH21 (No.5 indoor unit)

01011010

11011010

00111010

10111010

01111010

11111010

0~4

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

during heating: subcool (SC)/during cooling: superheat (SH)

Indoor SC/SH (No.1 indoor unit)

Indoor SC/SH (No.2 indoor unit)

Indoor SC/SH (No.3 indoor unit)

Outdoor SC (cooling)

Target subcool step

00000110

10000110

01000110

Indoor SC/SH (No.4 indoor unit)

11000110

00100110

10100110

99

100

101

-99.9~999.9

Pdm(0.0~22.0)

ETm(-1.0~8.0)

SCm(0.0~10.0)

SCm/SHm(0.0~14.0)

Indoor SC/SH (No.5 indoor unit)

Discharge superheat

Target Pd display (heating)

Target ET display (cooling)

Target outdoor SC (cooling)

Target indoor SC/SH (No.1 unit)

Target indoor SC/SH (No.2 unit)

Target indoor SC/SH (No.3 unit)

Target indoor SC/SH (No.4 unit)

01100110

11100110

10010110

01010110

11010110

00110110

10110110

01110110

11110110

111

102

103

105

106

107

108

109

110

0~FF(16 progressive)

0~20

Target indoor SC/SH (No.5 unit)

Actual frequency of abnormality delay

Fan step number at time of abnormality delay

00001110

00000001

10000001

112

128

129

0~2000

Valve position at abnormality delay (SLEV:outdoor unit)

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.1 Indoor unit)

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.2 Indoor unit)

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.3 Indoor unit)

01000001

11000001

00100001

10100001

130

131

132

133

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.4 Indoor unit)

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.5 Indoor unit)

01100001

11100001

134

135

86

Display of data from high-pressure sensor,

all thermistors, and SC/SH at abnormality

delay

78

Display on the LD1 (display data)

2345 6

1

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

Display of actual frequency at time of abnormality

Display of fan step number at time of abnormality

Display of openness (pulses) of outdoor

SLEV and indoor LEV at time of abnormality

0~FF(16progressive)

0~20

0~2000

Display of data from high-pressure sensor

and all thermistors at time of abnormality

Display of data from SC/SH and all

thermistors at time of abnormality

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

Display mode Notes

High-pressure sensor data at time of abnormality delay

TH1 sensor data at abnormality delay

TH2 sensor data at abnormality delay

12345678

00010001

10010001

SW1 setting

No.

136

01010001

137

138

TH5 sensor data at abnormality delay

THHS sensor data at abnormality delay

Outdoor SC (cooling) at abnormality delay

SC/SH (No.1 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

SC/SH (No.2 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

SC/SH (No.3 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

SC/SH (No.4 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

SC/SH (No.5 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

Actual frequency at time of abnormality

Fan step number at time of abnormality

11110001

00110001

10110001

141

01110001

142

143

144

00001001

10001001

01001001

145

146

00000011

192

10000011

193

11010001

139

140

sensor data at time of abnormality

Openness of outdoor SLEV at time of abnormality

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.1 unit)

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.2 unit)

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.3 unit)

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.4 unit)

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.5 unit)

High-pressure sensor data at abnormality delay

TH 1 sensor data at time of abnormality

TH 2

01000011

194

11000011

195

00100011

196

197

11100011

01100011

10100011

198

199

00010011
200

10010011

201

202

sensor data at time of abnormality

sensor data at time of abnormality

Outdoor SC (Cooling) at time of abnormality

TH 5

THHS

11010011

01010011

203

204

Indoor SC/SH (No. 1) at time of abnormality

01110011

00110011

10110011

205

206

87

Indoor SC/SH (No. 2) at time of abnormality

Indoor SC/SH (No. 3) at time of abnormality

Indoor SC/SH (No. 4) at time of abnormality

Indoor SC/SH (No. 5) at time of abnormality

11110011

00001011

10001011

01001011

207

208

209

210

Display of indoor unit capacity mode

78

Display of indoor unit operating mode

Heating

Heating

Cooling

Display of openness (pulses) of outdoor

SLEV and indoor LEV

OFF

thermo

ON

thermo

OFF

thermo

Display of indoor SC/SH data

Display of all control target data

Display of openness (pulses) of indoor LEV

at time of abnormality

Display of opeeness (pulses) of indoor LEV

at time of abnormality

Display on the LD1 (display data)

2345 6

1

0~255

Display mode Notes

Capacity code (No.6 indoor unit)

Capacity code (No.7 indoor unit)

Capacity code (No.8 indoor unit)

ON

thermo

Cooling

OFF Fan

Indoor unit mode (No.6 unit)

Indoor unit mode (No.7 unit)

0~2000

Indoor unit mode (No.8 unit)

Indoor LEV opening (No.6 unit)

Indoor LEV opening (No.7 unit)

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

Indoor LEV opening (No.8 unit)

TH23 (No.6 indoor unit)

TH23 (No.7 indoor unit)

TH23 (No.8 indoor unit)

TH22 (No.6 indoor unit)

TH22 (No.7 indoor unit)

TH22 (No.8 indoor unit)

TH21 (No.6 indoor unit)

TH21 (No.7 indoor unit)

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

during heating:supercooling (SC)/during cooling:overtheating (SH)

TH21 (No.8 indoor unit)

Indoor SC/SH (No.6 indoor unit)

Indoor SC/SH (No.7 indoor unit)

SCm/SHm (0.0~14.0)

Indoor SC/SH (No.8 indoor unit)

Target indoor SC/SH (No.6 unit)

Target indoor SC/SH (No.7 unit)

0~2000

Target indoor SC/SH (No.8 unit)

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.6 Indoor unit)

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.7 Indoor unit)

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

Valve position at abnormality delay (LEV:No.8 Indoor unit)

SC/SH (No.6 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

SC/SH (No.7 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

SC/SH (No.8 indoor unit) at abnormality delay

0~2000

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.6 unit)

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.7 unit)

-99.9 ~ 999.9 (short circuit/open: -99.9 or 999.9)

Openness of LEV at time of abnormality (No.8 unit)

Indoor SC/SH (No.6) at time of abnormality

Indoor SC/SH (No.7) at time of abnormality

Indoor SC/SH (No.8) at time of abnormality

11001011

00101011

12345678

SW1 setting

No.

211

212

10101011

213

01101011

214

11101011

215

00011011

216

10011011

217

01011011

218

11011011
219

00111011

220

10111011

221

01111011
222

11111011
223

00000111

224

10000111
225

01000111

226

11000111

227

00100111

228

88

10100111

229

01100111

230

11100111

231

00010111

232

10010111

233

01010111

234

11010111
235

00110111

236

10110111

237

01110111

238

11110111

239

00001111

240

10001111

241

01001111
242

11001111

243

00101111

244

10101111

245

01101111

246

9 ELECTRICAL WIRING

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Grounded

Grounded

Junction box

Circuit breaker

N

Power supply
MODEL : PUMY-VM
(single phase 220-230-240V, 50Hz)
(single phase 220V, 60Hz)
MODEL : PUMY-YM(A)
(3phase 380-400-415V, 50Hz)
(3phase 380V, 60Hz) : YM

1 only

Circuit breaker

Power supply
single phase
50Hz 220-230-240V

single phase
60Hz 220V

This chapter provides an introduction to electrical wiring for the MULTI-S series, together with notes concerning power wiring,
wiring for control (transmission wires and remote controller wires), and the frequency converter.

9-1. OVERVIEW OF POWER WIRING

(1) Please refer to your electric power company about the indoor wiring specifications for the power wire diameter

and capacity of protective devices (switches and leakage of breakers).

(2) Taking into consideration voltage drops caused by the length of the wires when operating devices installed

downstream, determine the specifications of wires able to handle the maximum current or voltage. In addition,
protective devices must be able to protect against current leakage or excessive current.

(3) It is generally necessary to include leakage breakers when installing wiring for the Mr. SLIM MULTI-S series.

Protective switches (excessive current protection) along main or branch lines should typically consist of fuseless

breakers (ELB).
(4) Please perform grounding.
(5) It is suggested that you consult with your electric power company concerning restrictions on electrical specifications.

9-2. WIRE DIAMETER AND MAIN POWER SWITCH CAPACITY

9-2-1. Wiring diagram for main power supply

9-2-2. Power supply wire diameter and capacity

Model

PUMY-71VM

PUMY-71VM

PUMY-125VM

PUMY-125VM

PUMY-125VM2

PUMY-125YM

Outdoor unit

PUMY-125YM

PUMY -125YMA

Model

All Models

Indoor unit

1

Minimum wire cross section area(mm2)

5.5

14

2.5

Branch line

–

–

–

Branch line

–

Grounded

3.5

5.5

2.5

Grounded

[1.6

Main line

1

1

Minimum wire cross section area(mm)

Main line

[1.6

Interrupting current

30A

100A

25A

Interrupting current

15A

89

Breaker

Performance characteristic

30A,30mA for 0.1 sec. or less

100A,100mA for 0.1 sec. or less

25A,30mA for 0.1 sec. or less

Breaker

Performance characteristic

15A, 30mA for 0.1 sec. or less

9-3. DESIGN FOR CONTROL WIRING

L2

Outdoor unit

L3

L1

L4

1.25mm

2

shielded
wire

R

R

Indoor unit

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

Grounded

Remote controller

Please note that the types and numbers of control wires needed by the Mr. SLIM MULTI-S series will depend on the remote
controllers and whether they are linked with the system.

9-3-1. Selection number of control wires

M-NET remote controller

Use

Remote controller ➔ indoor unit
Wires connecting ➔ indoor units
Wires connecting ➔ indoor units with outdoor units
Wires connecting ➔ outdoor units

wires

Transmission

9-3-2. Control signal wires

● Transmission wires

• Types of transmission wires: Design feeder control wires using the information in the following table.

• Diameter of wire size: 1.25E

Remote controller used in system control operations.

• Group operation involving different refrigerant systems.

• Linked operation with upper control system.

2 wires (non-polar)

System

Transmission wire length

Examples of suitable

environments

(determined according

to amount of noise)

Type of transmission wire

Suitable for single refrigerant system

Noise-free environment
such as residence or
free-standing store

VCTF, VCTFK, CVV,
CVS, VVR, VVF, VCT

120m or less

120m or longer

Clinics, hospitals, communications facili­ties, or office high-rises typically contain­ing noise-producing equipment such as
frequency modulation devices, electri­cal generators, high-frequency medical
apparatus, and wireless communication
apparatus, etc.

Shielded wire CVVS,CPEVS

Multiple refrigerant system

regardless of length

All places

If the transmission distance is too long or if there is a source of noise close to an air conditioning unit, the noise problem can
be avoided by using shielded wire or moving the unit away from the source.

• The length of wire is 120m or longer.

• Air conditioning units used in hospitals, communications facilities, or office high-rises containing noise-producing equipment
such as frequency modulation devices, electrical generators, high-frequency medical apparatus, and wireless communication
apparatus.

9-3-3. Remote controller wiring

M-NET remote controller

Type

Wire cross section area

Length

Non-shielded wire may be used for 10m or less; shielded wire must be used if distance is greater than 10m (note 2)

0.5-0.75mm2or greater
Make sure that the greatest transmission distance is less than 200m. (shielded wire cross section area at least 1.25mm

9-3-4. Permissible length of control wiring

• Maximum extension length of wiring

(L1+L2+L3+L4).....less than 500m

• Maximum wire length

(L1+L2+L4 or L1+L3 or L2+L3+L4).....less than 200m

• Remote controller wire

(R)....network controller wire is less than 10m

Note 1: Please make sure that the transmission wire is

grounded at the outdoor unit ground terminal.

Note 2: If the remote controller wire is greater than 10m,

the excess portion should use shielded wire at
least 1.25mm
total length of the farthest wire is less than 200m.

2

in size. Please make sure that the

90

2

)

9-4. SYSTEM SWITCH SETTING

Outdoor
unit

Power supply
3 phase 4 wire.
50Hz 380-400-415V

Power supply
Single phase.
50Hz 220-230-240V

Grounded

Group operation

Remote controller wire

Junction box

Indoor unit

circuit breaker

L1,L2,L3

N

15A circuit breaker

[1.6mm ✕ 2

[1.6mm ✕ 2

0.5~0.75mm

2

✕ 2

1.25mm

2

✕ 2

In order to identify the destinations of signals to the outdoor units, indoor units, and remote controller of the MULTI-S
series, each microprocessor must be assigned an identification number (address). The addresses of outdoor units, indoor
units, and remote controller must be set using their settings switches. Please consult the installation manual that comes with
each unit for detailed information on setting procedures.

9-5. EXAMPLE EXTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR A BASIC SYSTEM (PUMY-125YM)

9-5-1. Example using a M-NET remote controller

9-6. METHOD FOR OBTAINING ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS WHEN A CAPACITY

The electrical characteristics of connected indoor unit system for air conditioning systems, including the MULTI-S
series, will depend on the arrangement of the indoor and outdoor units.
First read the data on the selected indoor and outdoor units and then use the following formulas to calculate the electrical
characteristics before applying for a capacity agreement with the local electric power company.

9-6-1. Obtaining the electrical characteristics of a MULTI-S series system

(1)Procedure for obtaining total power consumption

✻1 Please note that the power consumption of the outdoor unit will vary depends on the total capacity of the selected

(2)Method of obtaining total current

✻2 Please note that the

AGREEMENT IS TO BE SIGNED WITH AN ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY

Total power consumption of each indoor unit

✻1 power consumption of outdoor unit

Total power consumption of system

indoor units.

Total current through each indoor unit

✻2 current through outdoor unit

current through system

Total

current through the outdoor unit will vary depending on the total capacity of the selected indoor units.

Page numbers in this technical manual

See the technical manual of each indoor unit

Standard capacity table—p.12-27

See the technical manual of each indoor unit

Page numbers in this technical manual

See the technical manual of each indoor unit

Standard capacity table—p.13-27

See the technical manual of each indoor unit

Power consumption

1

2

1+2 <kW>

Subtotal

1

2

1+2 <A>

91

(3) Method of obtaining system power factor

Use the following formula and the total power and current obtained in parts 1 and 2 on the previous page to calculate the
system
power factor.

System power factor =

(Total system power consumption)

(Total system current x voltage)

o 100%

9-6-2. Applying to an electric power company for power and total current

Calculations should be performed separately for heating and cooling employing the same methods; use the largest
resulting value in your application to the electric power company.

92

10 REFRIGERANT PIPING TASKS

Line-Branch Method

Connection Examples
(Connecting to Four Indoor Units)

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Piping Diameter (mm)Model

PUMY-71

PUMY-125

{9.52
{15.88

Liquid Line (mm) Gas Line (mm)Downstream Unit Model Total

80 or less

80 or more

{15.88
{19.05

{9.52
{9.52

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Piping Diameter (mm)

Model number

40 or lower

100, 125

50 to 80

{6.35
{12.7
{9.52
{15.88
{9.52
{19.05

Outdoor Unit
First Branch
Indoor unit

A
B
C

A+B+C+a+b+c+d is 100 meters or less (125 Type), 80 meters or less (71 Type)
A+B+C+d is 70 meters or less (125 Type), 50 meters (71 Type)
B+C+d is 30meters or less
30 meters or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters or less)
12 meters or less
Use an optional branch piping kit (CMY-Y62-C-E).

Total Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section

Permissible

Length

Permissible High/

Low Difference

(L)

(R)

(H)

(h)

■ Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit

■ Select Each Section of Refrigerant Pipng

■ Additional refrigerant charge

Select the size from the table to the right.

(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Out­door Unit Piping Diameter)

(1) Section From Oudoor Unit

to First Branch (A)

(2) Sections From Branch to

Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d)

(3) Section From Branch to

Branch (B,C)

(3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

From Branch to Branch

(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit
Piping Diameter)

Each
Section of
Piping

• Refrigerant of 3kg equivalent to 50-m total
extended piping length (model 125) or 2.4kg
equivalent to 40-m (model 71) is already in­cluded when the outdoor unit is shipped.
Thus, if the total extended piping length is
50m or less (model 125) or 40m or less
(model 71), there is no need to charge with
additional refrigerant.

• If the total extended piping length exceeds
50m (model 125) or 40m (model 71), calcu­late the required additional refrigerant charge
using the procedure shown on the right.

• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge
is a negative amount, do not charge with any
refrigerant.

<Additional Charge>

<Example>
Outdoor model : 71
Indoor 1 : 25 A : {9.52 10m a : {6.35 5m

2 : 20 B : {9.52 10m b : {6.35 10m
3 : 25 C : {9.52 10m c : {6.35 10m
4 : 20 d : {6.35 10m

The total length of each liquid line is as follows

{9.52 : A + B + C = 10 + 10 +10 = 30m
{6.35 : a + b + c + d = 5 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 35m

Therefore,
<Calculation example>
Additional
refrigerant charge = 30 ✕ 0.06 + 35 ✕ 0.024 – 2.4 = 0.3kg (rounded up)

Additional
refrigerant charge

(kg)

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{9.52 ✕ 0.06

(m) ✕ 0.06 (kg/m)

=

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{6.35 ✕ 0.024

(m) ✕ 0.024 (kg/m)

+

Refrigerant
amount for outdoor
unit

71: 2.4kg

125: 3.0kg

–

At the conditions
below:

Liquid Line

Gas Line

{9.52
{19.05

B

A

a

b

C

C

C

c

C

d

C

L

1

23

4

H

h

R

A

B

10-1. REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM

93

Header-Branch Method

Connection Examples
(Connecting to Four Indoor Units)

A

A

L

B

H

R

Permissible

Length

Permissible High/

Low Difference

Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section

■ Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit

■ Select Each Section of Refrigerant Piping

Total Piping Length

(1) Section From Outdoor Unit

to First Branch (A)

(2) Sections From Branch to

Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d)

Each
Section of
Piping

Select the size from the table to the right.

■ Additional refrigerant charge

• Refrigerant of 3kg equivalent to 50-m total
extended piping length (model 125) or 2.4kg
equivalent to 40-m(model 71) is already
included when the outdoor unit is shipped.
Thus, if the total extended piping length is
50m or less (model 125) or 40m or less
(model71), there is no need to charge with
additional refrigerant.

• If the total extended piping length exceeds
50m (model 125) or 40m (model 71),

calculate the required additional refrigerant

charge using the procedure shown on the
right.

• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge
is a negative amount, do not charge with any
refrigerant.

a

C

1

h

c

b

C

C

2

3

d

C

4

A+a+b+c+d is 100 meters or less (125 Type), 80 meters or less (71Type)

(L)

A+d is 70 meters or less (125 Type), 50 meters (71Type)

(R)

d is 30 meters or less

(H)

30 meters or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters or less)

(h)

12 meters or less
Please select branching kit, which is sold separately, from the table below.

(The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.)

•The CMY-Y68- cannot be connected with 100,125 type indoor units.
Branch header (4 branches)

CMY-Y64-C

(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Out­door Unit Piping Diameter)

Branch header (8 branches)

CMY-Y68
(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit
Piping Diameter)

Piping Diameter (mm)Model

PUMY-71

PUMY-125

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

{9.52
{15.88

{9.52
{19.05

40 or lower

50 to 80

100,125

<Additional Charge>

Additional
refrigerant charge

(kg)

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{9.52 ✕ 0.06

=

(m) ✕ 0.06 (kg/m)

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{6.35 ✕ 0.024

+

(m) ✕ 0.024 (kg/m)

<Example>
Outdoor model : 125
Indoor 1 : 50 A : {9.52 30m a : {9.52 15m

2 : 40 b : {6.35 10m
3 : 25 c : {6.35 10m

At the conditions
below:

4 : 20 d : {6.35 20m

The total length of each liquid line is as follows

{9.52 : A + a = 30 + 15 = 45m
{6.35 : b + c + d = 10 + 10 + 20 = 40m

Therefore,
<Calculation example>
Additional
refrigerant charge = 45

✕ 0.06 + 40 ✕ 0.024 – 3.0 = 0.7kg (rounded up)

Outdoor Unit

A

First Branch

B

Indoor unit

C

Piping Diameter (mm)Model number

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Refrigerant
amount for outdoor
unit

–

125: 3.0kg

{6.35
{12.7
{9.52
{15.88
{9.52
{19.05

71:2.4kg

94

Method of Combined Branching of Lines and
Headers

Connection Examples
(Connecting to Five Indoor Units)

A

Note:Pipe re-branching after the header branching

is not possible.

A

C

B

H

B

C

1

c

3

D D D

L

R

b

a

D

Note:The total of downstream unit models in the

table is the total of models as seen from point
A in the figure above.

E

A

d e

4

2

G

5

Outdoor unit

A

First branching (branching

B

joint)

h

Branching joint

C

Indoor unit

D

Branching header

D

E

To downstream unit

F

Blind caps

G

F

Permissible

Length

Permissible High/

Low Difference

Total Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length
Farthest Piping Length After First Branch
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section

■ Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit

■ Select Each Section of Refrigerant Pipng

(1) Section From Outdoor Unit

to First Branch (A)

(2) Sections From Branch to

Indoor Unit (a,b,c,d,e)

(3) Section From Branch to

Each
Section of
Piping

Branch (B,C)

Select the size from the table to the right.

■ Additional refrigerant charge

• Refrigerant of 3kg equivalent to 50-m total
extended piping length (model 125) or 2.4kg
equivalent to 40-m (model 71) is already
included when the outdoor unit is shipped.
Thus, if the total extended piping length is
50m or less (model 125) or 40m or less
(model 71), there is no need to charge with
additional refrigerant.

• If the total extended piping length exceeds
50m (model 125) or 40m (model 71),
calculate the required additional refrigerant
charge using the procedure shown on the
right.

• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge
is a negative amount, do not charge with any
refrigerant.

A+B+C+a+b+c+d+e is 100 meters or less (125 Type), 80 meters or less (71 Type)

(L)

A+B+b is 70 meters or less (125 Type), 50 meters (71 Type)

(R)

B+b is 30 meters or less

(H)

30 meters or less (If the outdoor unit is lower, 20 meters or less)

(h)

12 meters or less
Please select branching kit, which is sold separately, from the table below.

(The kit comprises sets for use with liquid pipes and for use with gas pipes.)

Branch Joint

CMY-Y62-C-E

(1) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

From Outdoor Unit to First Branch (Out­door Unit Piping Diameter)

Piping Diameter (mm)Model

PUMY-71

PUMY-125

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

(3) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

Branch Header (4 branches)

CMY-Y64-C

(2) Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section

From Branch to Indoor Unit (Indoor Unit
Piping Diameter)

{9.52
{15.88

{9.52

40 or lower

50 to 80

{19.05

100,125

Branch Header (8 branches)

Piping Diameter (mm)Model number

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

From Branch to Branch

Liquid Line (mm) Gas Line (mm)Downstream Unit Model Total

80 or less

80 or more

{9.52
{9.52

{15.88
{19.05

<Additional Charge>

Additional
refrigerant charge

(kg)

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{9.52 ✕ 0.06

=

(m) ✕ 0.06 (kg/m)

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{6.35 ✕ 0.024

+

(m) ✕ 0.024 (kg/m)

Refrigerant
amount for outdoor
unit

–

<Example>
Outdoor model : 125
Indoor 1 : 50 A : {9.52 10m a : {9.52 5m

2 : 40 B : {9.52 20m b : {6.35 10m
3 : 32 C : {9.52 10m c : {6.35 5m

At the conditions

below:
4 : 20 d : {6.35 5m
5 : 20 e : {6.35 5m

The total length of each liquid line is as follows

{9.52 : A + B + C + a = 10 + 20 +10 + 5 = 45m
{6.35 : b + c + d + e = 10 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25m

Therefore,
<Calculation example>
Additional
refrigerant charge = 45 ✕ 0.06 + 25 ✕ 0.024 – 3.0 = 0.3kg (rounded up)

CMY-Y68

125: 3.0kg

{6.35
{12.7
{9.52
{15.88
{9.52
{19.05

71:2.4kg

95

Multi-distribution piping on outdoor unit

Connection Examples
(Connecting up to Five Indoor Units)

*If multi-distribution piping on outdoor unit is
done, a maximum of 5 indoor units can be
connected.

Total Piping Length

Permissible

Length

Permissible High/

Low Difference

Farthest Piping Length

High/Low Difference in Indoor/Outdoor Section
High/Low Difference in Indoor/Indoor Section

■ Selecting the Refrigerant Branch Kit

A

L

B

a

b

H

h

C

C

1

2

c

d

C

C

3

4

e

C

5

Cannot redistribute the piping.

a+b+c+d+e is 100 meters or less

(L)

e is 30 meters or less

(H)

30 meters or less (20 meters or less if the outdoor unit is below.)

(h)

12 meters or less
Use multi-distribution piping on outdoor unit kit CMY-S65 ( 5 branches).

*Cannot be connected with 100,125 type indoor units.

Outdoor Unit

A

First Branch

B

Indoor unit

C

■ Select Each Section of Refrigerant Pipng

• Section the piping size for each section from
the branch to the indoor unit (a,b,c,d,e) using
the chart on the right.

■ Additional refrigerant charge

• Refrigerant of 3kg equivalent to 50-m total
extended piping length (model 125) or 2.4kg

equivalent to 40-m (model 71) is already
included when the outdoor unit is shipped.
Thus, if the total extended piping length is
50m or less (model 125) or 40m or less
(model 71), there is no need to charge with
additional refrigerant.

• If the total extended piping length exceeds
50m (model 125) or 40m (model 71),
calculate the required additional refrigerant
charge using the procedure shown on the
right.

• If the calculated additional refrigerant charge
is a negative amount, do not charge with any
refrigerant.

• Refrigerant Piping Diameter In Section From Branch to Indoor Unit
(Indoor Unit Piping Diameter)

Model number

40 or lower

50 to 80

Piping Diameter (mm)

Liquid Line

Gas Line

Liquid Line

Gas Line

{6.35
{12.7
{9.52
{15.88

<Additional Charge>

Additional
refrigerant charge

(kg)

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{9.52 ✕ 0.06

=

(m) ✕ 0.06 (kg/m)

Liquid pipe size
Total length of
{6.35 ✕ 0.024

+

(m) ✕ 0.024 (kg/m)

–

<Example>
Outdoor Unit: 125 Type
Indoor 1 : 20 a : {6.35 10m

2 : 20 b : {6.35 20m
3 : 20 c : {6.35 20m
4 : 50 d : {9.52 20m
5 : 50 e : {9.52 30m

The total length of each liquid line is as follows

{9.52 : d + e = 20 + 30 = 50m
{6.35 : a + b + c = 10 + 20 + 20 = 50m

Therefore,
Additional refrigerant charge = 50

✕ 0.06 + 50 ✕ 0.024 – 3.0 = 1.2kg (rounded up)

Refrigerant
amount for outdoor
unit

71:2.4kg

125: 3.0kg

96

10-2. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE

Indoor unit

All refrigerant of this system will leak out to this
room if there is leakage at this indoor unit.

Direction
of refrigerant flow

Outdoor unit

10-2-1. Introduction

R-22 refrigerant of this air conditioner is non-toxic and non­flammable but leaking of large amount from an indoor unit
into the room where the unit is installed may be deleterious.
To prevent possible injury, the rooms should be large
enough to keep the R-22 concentration specified by KHK :
(a high pressure gas safety association) installation guide­lines S0010 as follows.

✻ Maximum concentration
Maximum refrigerant concentration of R-22 of a room
is 0.3 kg/K accordance with the installation guidelines.

To facilitate calculation, the maximum concentration is
expressed in units of O/K ( kg of R-22 per K)

Maximum concentration of R-22: 0.3O/K

(KHK installation guidelines S0010)

(2) Calculate room volumes (in K) and find the room

with the smallest volume

The part with represents the room with the smallest
volume.

(a) Situation in which there are no partitions

(b) There are partitions, but there are openings that allow

the effective mixing of air.

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

10-2-2. Confirming procedure of R-22 concentration

Follow 1) to 4) to confirm the R-22 concentration and take
appropriate treatment, if necessary.

(1) Calculate total refrigerant amount by each refrig-

erant system based on one indoor unit.
Total refrigerant amount is prechrged refrigerant
amount of the indoor unit at ex-factory plus addi­tional charged amount at field installation.

Note:
When single refrigeration system is consists of several
independent refrigeration circuit, figure out the total refrig­erant amount by each independent refrigerant circuit.

Indoor unit

Opening

Wall

(c) If the smallest room has mechanical ventilation appara-

tus that is linked to a household gas detection and
alarm device, the calculations should be performed for
the second smallest room.

Ventilation apparatus

The smallest
room

The second
smallest room

(situation in which there
are no door openings or
in which there are open­ings above and blow
doors that occupy at
least 0.15% of the floor
area)

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

(3) Use the results of calculations (1)and (2) to calcu-

late the refrigerant concentration:

Total refrigerant in the refrigerating unit (O)
The smallest room in which an indoor

unit has been installed (K)

[ maximum concentration(O/K)

Maximum concentration of R-22:0.3O/K

If the calculation results do not exceed the maximum concen­tration, perform the same calculations for the larger second
and third room, etc., until it has been determined that nowhere
will the maximum concentration be exceeded.

97

11 DISASSEMBLY

Service Ref. : PUMY-71VM

OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS

1. Side and top panel disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the side panel screws (3 pcs : 5o10 screws)

so that the hanging portion on the right side can
be slid downward. Remove the side panel.

(2) Remove the top panel screws (5o10 screws :

3 pcs in front, 2 pcs in back) and take off the top panel.
<If the rear screws on the top panel cannot be
removed>
Remove the front screws on the top panel (3 pcs : 5o10
screws) and lift up the front part of the top
panel.

2. Fan and fan motor disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the side panel (see 1)
(2) Remove the top panel (see 1)
(3) Remove the fan protection cover fixing screw

(15o15screw), and take off the fan guard by
rotating it to the left.

(4) Remove the fan motor wires (MF1) (MF2) from

the power supply board. Remove the capacitor

wires.
(5) Loosen the fan motor wire clips (3 pcs).
(6) Remove the propeller-type blower.
(7) Remove the fan motor screws (3 pcs : 5o16 screws)

and remove the fan motors.

✻ 1. Please pay attention to safety when assembling or disassembling heavy items.

2. The refrigerant system must be vacuum-pumped before performing piping maintenance.

Photo 1

Top panel
installation screw

Fan protection
cover

Fan protection
cover fixing screw

Front panel

Photo 2

Fan

Top panel

Side panel
installation
screw

Side panel (for service)

Power supply board

Multi-controller
board

3. Thermistor (TH6: outdoor air temperature sensor
detection) disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the side panel (see 1)
(2) Remove the top panel (see 1)
(3) Open the Thermistor clip and remove the Thrermistor

(outdoor air temperature detection).

(4) Remove the TH6 wire from the multi-functional

controller board in the electrical box and pull out of the
electrical box.

Photo 3

98

Fan motor

Thermistor
(air temperature
detection)

Rear
panel

Electrical box

Thermistor holder

Heat
exchanger

OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS

4. Electrical box disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the side panel (see 1)

(2) Remove the top panel (see 1)
(3) Disconnect the following wires from the

multi controller board.

• Thermistor (discharge temperature detection):TH1

• Thermistor (Low pressure saturated temperature
detection):TH2

• Thermistor (pipe temperature, defection judging
defrost):TH5

• Thermistor (outdoor temperature detection): TH6

• High-pressure sensor: 63HS (discharge pressure
detection)

• Expansion valve: SLEV

(4) Disconnect the following wires from the power supply

board:

• Fan motor: MF1 and MF2

• Solenoid valve: SV1

• 4-way valve: 21S4

• Crankcase heater: CH
Pull wires out of the electrical box after disconnecting
them.

Photo 4

Power supply board

Electrical box

Rear panel

Multi-controller
board

Electric box
screw

(5) After removing the connector cover, remove the com-

presser wire and the inner thermostat terminal.

(6) Remove the electrical box screw (1 pc : 4 o 10).
(7) Remove the valve bed screws from the right side of

the valve bed (2 pcs : 4 o 10).

(8) Remove the electrical box after slightly loosening the

rear panel. The electrical box is held by two claws on
the left and one on the right.

5. Solenoid valve coil and 4-way valve coil
disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the side panel (see 1).
(2) Remove the top panel (see 1).
(3) Remove the electrical box (see 3).
(4) Remove coil screws (Solenoid valve: 1 pc M4x6;

4-way valve: 1 pc M5x6), and remove the solenoid
valve (SV1) and 4-way valve (21S4) wires from the
power supply board.
Note: The 4-way valve coil screw cannot be

removed by using a screwdriver; an adjustable
or fixed wrench must be used.

Valve bed
screws

Connector cover Valve bed

Photo 5

4-way valve

4-way
valve coil

Solenoid valve
coil

99

OPERATING PROCEDURE PHOTOS

6. Thermistor disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the side panel (see 1)
(2) Remove the top panel (see 1)
(3) Remove the electric box (see 4)
(4) Remove the Thermistor (discharge temperature

detection: TH1), (Low saturated pressure temperature
sensor: TH2), (Pipe temperature, detection,

judging defrost: TH5).

To remove TH1, cut the band holding it and remove

✻

the piping cover.

7. Compressor disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the side panel (see 1)
(2) Remove the top panel (see 1)
(3) Remove the screws (2 pcs : 5o10, 1 pc : 4o10) and the

front panel.
(4) Remove the electrical box (see 4 above).
(5) Remove screws (3 pcs : 4o10, 4 pcs : 5o16) and the

valve bed (including the ball valve mounting portion).
(6) Remove the separator screws. (1 pc : 4o10)
(7) Remove the welded portions of the compressor

discharge and intake pipes.
(8) Remove the side of the separator and the compressor

leg cover. (1 pc : 4o10 screw)
(9) Remove the compressor leg mounting nuts (3 pcs).

(use an adjustable wrench)

(10)Move the separator to the left and remove the com-

presser.

Photo 6

Oil separator

Thermistor (TH2)

Thermistor
(TH5)

Photo 7

Thermistor
(TH1)

Band
Piping cover

Compressor

Installation
nuts

8. Accumulator disassembly procedures:

(1) Remove the compressor (see 7).
(2) Remove the welded portions of the accumulator.

(take care not to strike the rear panel)

(3) Lift up the accumulator and pull it out from the rear.

Separator

Separator installation screw

Photo 8

Accumulator

100